exhibit “g” uniform technical specifications and hpd … g... · 2020. 8. 7. · to be flying...

340
EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD EMBLEMS

Upload: others

Post on 20-Sep-2020

19 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND

HPD EMBLEMS

Page 2: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

CLASSIFIED MALE/FEMALE LONG SLEEVE UNIFORM SHIRT FLYING CROSS BY FECHHEIMER STYLE HPD-LS / HPD-LSL

MATERIAL #10014155

MEN’S SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

FABRIC:

Content:

Page 3: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

2

Stock Dyed 75% Dacron Polyester / 25% Wool with Natural Stretch

WEIGHT: 9.0 to 9.50 oz / linear yard

COLOR: Burlington Mills: Style 5324-SS; Color 2851 LAPD Blue

STYLE: To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side body inserts for tapered fit, banded collar, long sleeves with barrel cuffs, and dress shirttail. Two front map pockets with Velcro closure and pleated breast pockets with topstitched scalloped flaps. topstitched shoulder straps. Full badge reinforcement and microphone holder. Matching inside yoke and collar band of high lustre poly-twill. Work wear industrial style shirt construction is unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection.

COLLAR & STAND: Collar points to measure 2 ½” long with ultrasonically fused-in Mylar stays. Collar to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron. Stays to be 2 ¼” long, 3/8” minimum width, and to be fused to underside of collar interlining. Stays applied directly to collar material itself unacceptable. Collar height at rear 1-1/2". Collar topstitched 1/4” off the edge. Collar stand to measure 1-5/16" at rear and band to be interlined with "Crease-N- Tack." Collar material itself (top or underside) shall have no fusing to Mylar stays or collar interlining.

FRONT:

The left front shall have a top center placket 1-1/2" wide with two rows of stitches 7/8" apart. The shirt will have 7 buttons and buttonholes on the front; spacing between each will be 3-¾" except the spacing between the neck button and the first button on the front, which will be approximately 3 1/4". Top center placket to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron. Non-woven interlining unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection. The fronts shall be joined to the yoke so that both raw edges of the yoke are turned under, with the front sandwiched between, and then all three are stitched down with a 1/16" raised stitch. Safety stitch joining unacceptable. A 15” nylon zipper, to be set below the second button and buttonhole, shall accomplish front closure. The top, second and

Page 4: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

3

bottom buttons to be attached to the right front, the balance to be sewn over the buttonholes on the left front.

SHOULDER STRAPS: Shoulder straps to be two-piece pointed, 1/4" topstitched and to be set on yoke with leading topstitch conforming with front joining seam. To measure 2" at sleeve tapering to 1-3/8" and set not more than 1/2" from collar set seam. Cross-stitched approximately 2" from sleeve seam. Shoulder strap to have non-functional buttonhole with a well sewn button centered on buttonhole. Points of shoulder straps to be tacked to the shoulder. Edge stitched shoulder strap construction unacceptable.

BADGE REINFORCEMENT: Two-ply sling 1” wide centered over left pocket and stitched to shoulder seam and flap setting stitch. It shall have 2 (two) buttonhole eyelets 1-1/4” from top of pocket flap spaced 1-1/4” apart and centered on sling.

MICROPHONE HOLDER:

Microphone holder to finish approximately 1” wide, 3” deep with each end serged to prevent raveling. Microphone holder to be sewn centered on the top center placket front between the first and second front buttonholes.

MAP POCKETS (Sketch is generic to show map pockets only):

Each front shall be constructed with a map pocket design which is sewn to the shirt front with Velcro opening on each pocket near the top center placket. Map pockets extend into the sleeving seam and side body seams.

POCKETS:

Two breast patch pockets with mitered corners and 1-1/2" stitched pleats to be sewn over the map

pockets. Pleats shall be stitched top and bottom and full length of pleat to prevent spreading. Pocket to

Page 5: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

4

measure 5-5/8" wide, 6" deep. Left breast pocket to have 1- 1/2" pencil stitch. Each pocket to have hook

Velcro, 3/4" long by ½" wide, positioned on both edges of pocket to correspond with outer scalloped flap

points as specified.

FLAPS:

Two piece deep scalloped design to measure 5-7/8" across and 2-3/4" in depth at center point, 2-1/4" at sides. Secured to shirtfront approximately 3/8” above pocket. Left flap to have invisible pencil opening 1-1/2" to correspond precisely with pencil slot of pocket. (Stop & start stitching for pencil opening unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection.) Flaps to be 1/4" topstitched. Flaps to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron. Creased and edge stitched pocket flap construction unacceptable. Under side of the flap to have looped Velcro 3/4" long by 1/2" wide stitched all sides, positioned on outer points of both pocket flaps to secure with corresponding Velcro strips on shirt pocket. Each flap shall have a button centered on uncut sewn buttonhole.

REFLECTIVE ELEMENTS:

Each shirt shall have ½” slatted reflective elements heat sealed to the underside of the collar, under each cuff and across the top of each pocket.

COMM PASS OPENING AND KNIT SIDE BODY:

Page 6: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

5

SLEEVES:

Sleeve vent shall be a minimum of 4-1/2" long with one-piece top and bottom facings. Facing to measure 1-1/8" wide point blocked at top.

CUFFS: Two piece ½-inch hemmed cuff with 1/4” topstitching. Cuffs to measure 3" in depth with rounded corners (barrel cuffs). Cuffs to have two buttons and corresponding buttonholes set vertically with one button and buttonhole in center of facing. Cuffs to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron.

BUTTONS: First grade 20-ligne melamine.

SEWING: Collar, cuffs, shoulder straps and pocket flaps to be topstitched 1/4" off the edge. Sleeve inserting and side close felling seams are to be safety stitched then topstitched.

THREAD: All sewing threads to be color fast polyester wrap to match.

INTERLINING: Collar, Cuffs, Pocket flaps, Shoulder straps and top center to be interlined with #250 Dacron.

MILITARY CREASES: There shall be five Lintrak ® sharp military creases on all shirts. One crease on each front to be centered vertically. Front creases shall not be through pockets and flaps. Spacing for three military creases across shirt back to be proportionate to the size of the shirt.

CONSTRUCTION: Collar, cuffs, shoulder straps and flaps are made with conventional construction. Top ply, bottom ply and interlining are first stitched together, then turned right side out and finally topstitched.

STOCK SIZES: Shirts must be available in the following sizes:

Sleeve lengths: 32-37 inches

Neck sizes: 14-1/2 to 18-1/2, 19, 20, 21, 22

CUSTOMIZATION: The Houston Police Department shoulder patch shall be sewn with black thread to the right and left sleeves. The top of the patch will be sewn 1/4" below the yoke seam, and will be centered laterally. All emblem sewing costs to be included in cost.

Page 7: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

6

WOMEN’S LONG SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval..

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

FABRIC:

Content: Stock Dyed 75% Dacron Polyester / 25% Wool with Natural Stretch Weight: 9.0 to 9.50 oz / linear yard

COLOR: Burlington Mills: Style 5324-SS; Color 2851 LAPD Blue

STYLE: To be Flying Cross model HPD-LSL. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side body inserts for tapered fit, banded collar, long sleeves with barrel cuffs, and dress shirttail. Two front map pockets with Velcro closure and pleated breast pockets with topstitched scalloped flaps. Top stitched shoulder straps. Full badge reinforcement and microphone holder. Matching inside yoke

MATERIAL # 10059365

Page 8: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

7

and collar band of high lustre poly-twill. Work wear industrial style shirt construction is unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection.

COLLAR & STAND: Collar points to measure 2 ½” long with ultrasonically fused-in Mylar stays. Collar to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron. Stays to be 2 ¼” long, 3/8” minimum width, and to be fused to underside of collar interlining. Stays applied directly to collar material itself unacceptable. Collar height at rear 1-1/2". Collar topstitched 1/4” off the edge. Collar stand to measure 1-5/16" at rear and band to be interlined with "Crease-N- Tack." Collar material itself (top or underside) shall have no fusing to Mylar stays or collar interlining.

FRONT: The left front shall have a top center placket 1-1/2" wide with two rows of stitches 7/8" apart. The shirt will have 7 buttons and buttonholes on the front; spacing between each will be 3-¾" except the spacing between the neck button and the first button on the front, which will be approximately 3 1/4". Top center placket to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron. Non-woven interlining unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection. The fronts shall be joined to the yoke so that both raw edges of the yoke are turned under, with the front sandwiched between, and then all three are stitched down with a 1/16" raised stitch. Safety stitch joining unacceptable. A 15” nylon zipper, to be set below the second button and buttonhole, shall accomplish front closure. The top, second and bottom buttons to be attached to the right front, the balance to be sewn over the buttonholes on the left front.

SHOULDER STRAPS: Shoulder straps to be two-piece pointed, 1/4" topstitched and to be set on yoke with leading topstitch conforming with front joining seam. To measure 2" at sleeve tapering to 1-3/8" and set

Page 9: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

8

not more than 1/2" from collar set seam. Cross-stitched approximately 2" from sleeve seam. Shoulder strap to have non-functional buttonhole with a well sewn button centered on buttonhole. Points of shoulder straps to be tacked to the shoulder. Edge stitched shoulder strap construction unacceptable.

BADGE REINFORCEMENT: Two-ply sling 1” wide centered over left pocket and stitched to shoulder seam and flap setting stitch. It shall have 2 (two) buttonhole eyelets 1-1/4” from top of pocket flap spaced 1-1/4” apart and centered on sling.

MICROPHONE HOLDER: Microphone holder to finish approximately 1” wide, 3” deep with each end serged to prevent raveling. Microphone holder to be sewn centered on the top center placket front between the first and second front buttonholes.

MAP POCKETS (Sketch is generic to show map pockets only): Each front shall be constructed with a map pocket design which is sewn to the shirt front with Velcro opening on each pocket near the top center placket. Map pockets extend into the sleeving seam and side body seams.

POCKETS:

Two breast patch pockets with mitered corners and 1-1/2" stitched pleats to be sewn over the map pockets. Pleats shall be stitched top and bottom and full length of pleat to prevent spreading.

Page 10: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

9

Pocket to measure 5-5/8" wide, 6" deep. Left breast pocket to have 1- 1/2" pencil stitch. Each pocket to have hook Velcro, 3/4" long by ½" wide, positioned on both edges of pocket to correspond with outer scalloped flap points as specified.

FLAPS: Two piece deep scalloped design to measure 5-7/8" across and 2-3/4" in depth at center point, 2-1/4" at sides. Secured to shirtfront approximately 3/8” above pocket. Left flap to have invisible pencil opening 1-1/2" to correspond precisely with pencil slot of pocket. (Stop & start stitching for pencil opening unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection.) Flaps to be 1/4" topstitched. Flaps to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron. Creased and edge stitched pocket flap construction unacceptable. Under side of the flap to have looped Velcro 3/4" long by 1/2" wide stitched all sides, positioned on outer points of both pocket flaps to secure with corresponding Velcro strips on shirt pocket. Each flap shall have a button centered on uncut sewn buttonhole.

REFLECTIVE ELEMENTS: Each shirt shall have ½” slatted reflective elements heat sealed to the underside of the collar, under each cuff and across the top of each pocket.

COMM PASS OPENING AND KNIT SIDE BODY:

Page 11: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

10

SLEEVES: Sleeve vent shall be a minimum of 4-1/2" long with one-piece top and bottom facings. Facing to measure 1-1/8" wide point blocked at top.

CUFFS: Two piece ½-inch hemmed cuff with 1/4” topstitching. Cuffs to measure 3" in depth with rounded corners (barrel cuffs). Cuffs to have two buttons and corresponding buttonholes set vertically with one button and buttonhole in center of facing. Cuffs to have woven interlining of #250 Dacron.

BUTTONS: First grade 20-ligne melamine.

SEWING: Collar, cuffs, shoulder straps and pocket flaps to be topstitched 1/4" off the edge. Sleeve inserting and side close felling seams are to be safety stitched then topstitched.

THREAD: All sewing threads to be color fast polyester wrap to match.

INTERLINING: Collar, Cuffs, Pocket flaps, Shoulder straps and top center to be interlined with #250 Dacron.

MILITARY CREASES: There shall be five Lintrak ® sharp military creases on all shirts. One crease on each front to be centered vertically. Front creases shall not be through pockets and flaps. Spacing for three military creases across shirt back to be proportionate to the size of the shirt.

CONSTRUCTION: Collar, cuffs, shoulder straps and flaps are made with conventional construction. Top ply, bottom ply and interlining are first stitched together, then turned right side out and finally topstitched.

STOCK SIZES: Shirts must be available in the following sizes:

Bust Sizes: 30-52

Long Sleeve lengths: 30 Regular = 30”

32, 34 Regular = 30” Long = 31”

36, 38 Regular = 31” Long = 32”

40, 42 Regular = 32” Long = 33”

Page 12: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

11

44, 46 Regular = 33” Long = 34”

48 & Up Regular = 34” Long = 35”

CUSTOMIZATION: The Houston Police Department shoulder patch shall be sewn with black thread to the right and left sleeves. The top of the patch will be sewn 1/4" below the yoke seam, and will be centered laterally. All emblem sewing costs to be included in cost.

Page 13: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

12

CLASSIFIED MALE/FEMALE LONG SLEEVE RIPSTOP SHIRT BLAUER STYLE #8731 (DARK NAVY, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10055873

LONG SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Ripstop Weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable wool blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6.50 oz per square yard, + or - .25 oz, Warp Yarn: 20/1 Filling Yarn: 12.5/1 Tensile: 80 x 45 Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs. Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0

Page 14: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

13

Crocking: Dry: 4.0 Wet: 3.0

SIDE PANEL KNIT FABRIC: Content: 92% Nylon 8% Lycra mesh technical knit with high abrasion, pill resistance and anti-odor finish. Breathable, 4 way stretch.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6 oz per square yard Pilling Resistance (Face): 5 Stretch (elongation): 105 x 170 Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100

Colorfastness: Laundering shade change, min: 4 Washfastness: 4 Dry/Wet Crocking: 4

TRIM: Interlining: Front Placket: 50% Polyester 50% Cotton; Small Parts: 100% polyester. Hook and loop: Woven Nylon base Buttons: Melamine, 20 ligne, matching shell fabric

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing.

Placket, collar, and cuffs fused with Etacol 100% cotton print cloth, 3.20 oz./sq yd.

Pocket flaps and epaulets, fuse and tack with Thermalbond non-woven, 100% polyester, 1.55 oz/sq. yd.

CONVERTIBLE COLLAR: Shaped points medium spread are to be 2-3/4” in length and are to be ¼” double needle topstitched. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and ¼” wide, to be sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. Collar shall be top fused.

SLEEVES: Are straight, two piece set-in sleeves with a stretch mesh underarm panel with a 1/4" double needle topstitch on shell fabric. The cuffs to be 2-1/2” in width and shall have a tab adjustment. Tab shall be pointed, with hook and loop closure. The cuff shall be ¼” double needled topstitched at the bottom, and 1/16” from the edge of the top. There shall be a sleeve vent opening from the top of the cuff, measuring 4-3/4” long. The vent placket shall be 3/4” wide finished with 1/16” single needle topstitch. The sleeve seam, as well as the sleeve setting seam (i.e. securing it to be body of the shirt) must be made by a narrow safety stitch, so as to properly strengthen the seam, as well as prevent the fabric from raveling. Cuffs are to be top fused and fully lined to give body by sewing in a self-fabric inner lining, cut straight to retain its shape.

FRONT: The front shall have a placket 1-1/2” wide, extending to the bottom of the shirt and be made of the same material as the shirt fabric with two rows of stitching 1” apart and ½” from the edge. This

Page 15: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

14

center facing shall be top fused to give body. Front placket shall have a 14” Nylon zipper with a compatible colored tape sewn to the front of the shirt and hidden snap at top and bottom of zipper. Hem shall be clean finished using double bend back folder with ¼” top stitching.

MESH SIDE PANELS: There shall be two mesh side panels sewn to the front and back panels to allow ventilation and for bi-swing action. Top of the side panel meets the top of the mesh sleeve panel on the fronts. Top of the side panel extends to below back yoke on the back side and acts as a bi-swing.

POCKETS: To have two (2) BDU style patch pockets with box pleats. Pockets are topstitched 1/16” from the edge, with square corners, to finish 5-3/4” wide and 5-3/4” long. Breast pockets to have 1-1/4” box pleat stitched top and bottom to prevent spreading. The left breast pockets shall have a pencil compartment 1-1/4” wide corresponding to opening on flap.

FLAPS: Style has two asymmetrical flaps, made with 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining. Flaps to finish 5-3/4” in width, 2-3/4” long closest to side seam and 2-1/4” long closest to center front. Flaps finished with double needle 1/4" topstitch. Pocket flap secures to the pocket with hook and loop measuring 5/8" wide by 1" long. The loop shall be sewn to the underside of the flap 3/8" from side and bottom edge and the corresponding hook will be sewn to the pocket. Pencil opening on wearer's left pocket flap at the inside corner of the flap, measuring 1-3/8" wide and secured by "L" shaped bartacks at each end. Flap topstitching extends across the pencil pocket opening.

NAPOLEON POCKETS: There shall be two (2) hidden notebook pockets under patch pockets and closed with hook and loop, measuring 5/8" wide by 2" long. Notebook pocket opening measures 6-1/4” and shall be secured with vertical bartacks on each side.

BACK: There shall be a bi-swing pleat stitched to back side of mesh side panel. Pleat constructed with 1-1/4" fold over with reinforcement 1-1/4" box stitch with "X" stitch directly below back yoke. Bi-swing measures approximately 1-1/4" wide by 9" long. Back panel side seams finished with 1/4" double needle topstitch towards center back.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh fabric finished with ¼” double needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 3-7/8” high at the center back.

BADGE ATTACHMENT SLING: Is reinforced on the inside of the shirt by means of 1 ply shell fabric 1-1/2” wide, stitched and folded, so that there are no raw edges. This reinforcement strip is to be set approximately 2” down from the top of the pocket, to be caught in the double stitching of the flap setting stitches and extend and be caught in the joining seam at the front of yoke. To have two small horizontal buttonholes 1-3/8” apart with the button buttonhole 1 ¼” above the top of the left flap.

EPAULETS: The epaulets shall be made of 1 ply shell fabric folded and 1 ply fuse and tac interlining, measuring 1-3/4” wide at shoulders and 1 ½” wide at point. Both sides of the point shall be tacked down toprevent curling. The other end shall be sewn in the sleeve with topstitch at sleeve setting seam.

Page 16: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

15

The length is to be graded conforming to the size of the shirt. The epaulets shall be tacked at shoulder with an ‘X’ cross stitched 1-3/4” from the sleeve head seam. The remaining opening shall be large enough to allow a standard external microphone to pass through.

MIC TAB: There shall be a mic tab on front placket measuring 7/8" wide and 2" long. Mic tab shall be interlined and placed centered on front placket, 1-3/8" below center of hidden snap.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS – 5XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

Women’s: XS – 2XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Size M, Regular

Neck: 17.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 45.75 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 35 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Women's: Size M, Regular Neck 16 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 41 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 26 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 32 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. BADGE PATCH AND RANK INSIGNIA SHALL BE SEWN AS APPLICABLE TO COLLARS AND SLEEVES. YEARS OF SERVICE BAR PATCH TO LONG SLEEVE

Page 17: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

16

SHIRT, NAME TAPE SEWN ABOVE RIGHT POCKET IN GOLD OR SILVER DEPENDING ON RANK (FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME FOR SUPERVISOR / LAST NAME, BADGE NUMBER FOR OFFICER). ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 18: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

17

CLASSIFIED MALE/FEMALE SHORT SLEEVE RIPSTOP SHIRT BLAUER STYLE #8741 (DARK NAVY, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10055872

SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Ripstop Weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable wool blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 4.25 oz per square yard, + or - .25 oz,

Warp Yarn: 26/1

Filling Yarn: 26/1

Page 19: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

18

Tensile: 80 x 45

Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs.

Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0

Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0

SIDE PANEL KNIT FABRIC: Content: 92% Nylon 8% Lycra mesh technical knit with high abrasion, pill resistance and anti-odor finish. Breathable, 4 way stretch.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6 oz per square yard Pilling Resistance (Face): 5 Stretch (elongation): 105 x 170 Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100

Colorfastness: Laundering shade change, min: 4

Washfastness: 4

Dry/Wet Crocking: 4

TRIM: Interlining: Front Placket: 50% Polyester 50% Cotton; Small Parts: 100% polyester.

Hook and loop: Woven Nylon base

Buttons: Melamine, 20 ligne, matching shell fabric

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing:

Placket, collar, and cuffs fused with Etacol 100% cotton print cloth, 3.20 oz / sq yd.

Pocket flaps and epaulets, fuse and tack with Thermalbond non-woven, 100% polyester, 1.55 oz / sq. yd.

CONVERTIBLE COLLAR: Shaped points medium spread are to be 2-3/4” in length and are to be ¼” double needle topstitched. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and ¼” wide, to be sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. Collar shall be top fused.

SLEEVES: To be straight, set-in sleeves with a stretch mesh underarm panel with a 1/4" double needle topstitch on shell fabric. Sleeve hem should be clean finished with a 1" hem and 1/16" edge stitch. The sleeve seam, as well as the sleeve setting seam (i.e. securing it to be body of the shirt) must be

Page 20: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

19

made by a narrow safety stitch, so as to properly strengthen the seam, as well as prevent the fabric from raveling.

FRONT: The front shall have a placket 1-1/2” wide, extending to the bottom of the shirt and be made of the same material as the shirt fabric with two rows of stitching 1” apart and ½” from the edge. This center facing shall be top fused to give body. Front placket shall have a 14” Nylon zipper with a compatible colored tape sewn to the front of the shirt and hidden snap at top and bottom of zipper. Hem shall be clean finished using double bend back folder with ¼” top stitching.

MESH SIDE PANELS: There shall be two mesh side panels sewn to the front and back panels to allow ventilation and for bi-swing action. Top of the side panel meets the top of the mesh sleeve panel on the fronts. Top of the side panel extends to below back yoke on the back side and acts as a bi-swing.

POCKETS: To have two (2) BDU style patch pockets with box pleats. Pockets are topstitched 1/16” from the edge, with square corners, to finish 5-3/4” wide and 5-3/4” long. Breast pockets to have 1-1/4” box pleat stitched top and bottom to prevent spreading. The left breast pockets shall have a pencil compartment 1-1/4” wide corresponding to opening on flap.

FLAPS: Style has two asymmetrical flaps, made with 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining. Flaps to finish 5-3/4” in width, 2-3/4” long closest to side seam and 2-1/4” long closest to center front. Flaps finished with double needle 1/4" topstitch. Pocket flap secures to the pocket with hook and loop measuring 5/8" wide by 1" long. The loop shall be sewn to the underside of the flap 3/8" from side and bottom edge and the corresponding hook will be sewn to the pocket. Pencil opening on wearer's left pocket flap at the inside corner of the flap, measuring 1-3/8" wide and secured by "L" shaped bartacks at each end. Flap topstitching extends across the pencil pocket opening.

NAPOLEON POCKETS: There shall be two (2) hidden notebook pockets under patch pockets and closed with hook and loop, measuring 5/8" wide by 2" long. Notebook pocket opening measures 6-1/4” and shall be secured with vertical bartacks on each side.

BACK: There shall be a bi-swing pleat stitched to back side of mesh side panel. Pleat constructed with 1-1/4" fold over with reinforcement 1-1/4" box stitch with "X" stitch directly below back yoke. Bi-swing measures approximately 1-1/4" wide by 9" long. Back panel side seams finished with 1/4" double needle topstitch towards center back.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh fabric finished with ¼” double needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 3-7/8” high at the center back.

BADGE ATTACHMENT SLING: Is reinforced on the inside of the shirt by means of 1 ply shell fabric 1-1/2” wide, stitched and folded, so that there are no raw edges. This reinforcement strip is to be set approximately 2” down from the top of the pocket, to be caught in the double stitching of the flap setting stitches and extend

Page 21: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

20

and be caught in the joining seam at the front of yoke. To have two small horizontal buttonholes 1-3/8” apart with the button buttonhole 1 ¼” above the top of the left flap.

EPAULETS: The epaulets shall be made of 1 ply shell fabric folded and 1 ply fuse and tac interlining, measuring 1-3/4” wide at shoulders and 1 ½” wide at point. Both sides of the point shall be tacked down toprevent curling. The other end shall be sewn in the sleeve with topstitch at sleeve setting seam.The length is to be graded conforming to the size of the shirt. The epaulets shall be tacked atshoulder with an ‘X’ cross stitched 1-3/4” from the sleeve head seam. The remaining opening shallbe large enough to allow a standard external microphone to pass through.

MIC TAB: There shall be a mic tab on front placket measuring 7/8" wide and 2" long. Mic tab shall be interlined and placed centered on front placket, 1-3/8" below center of hidden snap.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS – 5XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

Women’s: XS – 2XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Size M, Regular

Neck: 17.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 45.75 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 20.125 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Women's: Size M, Regular

Neck 16 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 41 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Page 22: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

21

Back Length: 26 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 18.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. BADGE PATCH AND RANK INSIGNIA SHALL BE SEWN AS APPLICABLE TO COLLARS AND SLEEVES. NAME TAPE SEWN ABOVE RIGHT POCKET IN GOLD OR SILVER DEPENDING ON RANK (FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME FOR SUPERVISOR / LAST NAME, BADGE NUMBER FOR OFFICER). ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 23: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

22

EXPLOSIVE DETECTION K9 / PATROL K9 BLAUER RIPSTOP STYLE #8741/8741W (OD GREEN, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10057220

SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Ripstop Weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable wool blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 4.25 oz per square yard, + or - .25 oz,

Page 24: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

23

Warp Yarn: 26/1

Filling Yarn: 26/1

Tensile: 80 x 45

Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs.

Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0

Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0

SIDE PANEL KNIT FABRIC: Content: 92% Nylon 8% Lycra mesh technical knit with high abrasion, pill resistance and anti-odor finish. Breathable, 4 way stretch.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6 oz per square yard Pilling Resistance (Face): 5 Stretch (elongation): 105 x 170 Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100

Colorfastness: Laundering shade change, min: 4

Washfastness: 4

Dry/Wet Crocking: 4

TRIM: Interlining: Front Placket: 50% Polyester 50% Cotton; Small Parts: 100% polyester.

Hook and loop: Woven Nylon base

Buttons: Melamine, 20 ligne, matching shell fabric

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing:

Placket, collar, and cuffs fused with Etacol 100% cotton print cloth, 3.20 oz / sq yd. Pocket flaps and epaulets, fuse and tack with Thermalbond non-woven, 100% polyester, 1.55 oz / sq. yd.

CONVERTIBLE COLLAR: Shaped points medium spread are to be 2-3/4” in length and are to be ¼” double needle topstitched. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and ¼” wide, to be sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. Collar shall be top fused.

SLEEVES: To be straight, set-in sleeves with a stretch mesh underarm panel with a 1/4" double needle topstitch on shell fabric. Sleeve hem should be clean finished with a 1" hem and 1/16" edge stitch.

Page 25: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

24

The sleeve seam, as well as the sleeve setting seam (i.e. securing it to be body of the shirt) must be made by a narrow safety stitch, so as to properly strengthen the seam, as well as prevent the fabric from raveling.

FRONT: The front shall have a placket 1-1/2” wide, extending to the bottom of the shirt and be made of the same material as the shirt fabric with two rows of stitching 1” apart and ½” from the edge. This center facing shall be top fused to give body. Front placket shall have a 14” Nylon zipper with a compatible colored tape sewn to the front of the shirt and hidden snap at top and bottom of zipper. Hem shall be clean finished using double bend back folder with ¼” top stitching.

MESH SIDE PANELS: There shall be two mesh side panels sewn to the front and back panels to allow ventilation and for bi-swing action. Top of the side panel meets the top of the mesh sleeve panel on the fronts. Top of the side panel extends to below back yoke on the back side and acts as a bi-swing.

POCKETS: To have two (2) BDU style patch pockets with box pleats. Pockets are topstitched 1/16” from the edge, with square corners, to finish 5-3/4” wide and 5-3/4” long. Breast pockets to have 1-1/4” box pleat stitched top and bottom to prevent spreading. The left breast pockets shall have a pencil compartment 1-1/4” wide corresponding to opening on flap.

FLAPS: Style has two asymmetrical flaps, made with 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining. Flaps to finish 5-3/4” in width, 2-3/4” long closest to side seam and 2-1/4” long closest to center front. Flaps finished with double needle 1/4" topstitch. Pocket flap secures to the pocket with hook and loop measuring 5/8" wide by 1" long. The loop shall be sewn to the underside of the flap 3/8" from side and bottom edge and the corresponding hook will be sewn to the pocket. Pencil opening on wearer's left pocket flap at the inside corner of the flap, measuring 1-3/8" wide and secured by "L" shaped bartacks at each end. Flap topstitching extends across the pencil pocket opening.

NAPOLEON POCKETS: There shall be two (2) hidden notebook pockets under patch pockets and closed with hook and loop, measuring 5/8" wide by 2" long. Notebook pocket opening measures 6-1/4” and shall be secured with vertical bartacks on each side.

BACK: There shall be a bi-swing pleat stitched to back side of mesh side panel. Pleat constructed with 1-1/4" fold over with reinforcement 1-1/4" box stitch with "X" stitch directly below back yoke. Bi-swing measures approximately 1-1/4" wide by 9" long. Back panel side seams finished with 1/4" double needle topstitch towards center back.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh fabric finished with ¼” double needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 3-7/8” high at the center back.

BADGE ATTACHMENT SLING: Is reinforced on the inside of the shirt by means of 1 ply shell fabric 1-1/2” wide, stitched and folded, so that there are no raw edges. This reinforcement strip is to be set approximately 2” down from the top of the pocket, to be caught in the double stitching of the flap setting stitches and extend

Page 26: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

25

and be caught in the joining seam at the front of yoke. To have two small horizontal buttonholes 1-3/8” apart with the button buttonhole 1 ¼” above the top of the left flap.

EPAULETS: The epaulets shall be made of 1 ply shell fabric folded and 1 ply fuse and tac interlining, measuring 1-3/4” wide at shoulders and 1 ½” wide at point. Both sides of the point shall be tacked down toprevent curling. The other end shall be sewn in the sleeve with topstitch at sleeve setting seam.The length is to be graded conforming to the size of the shirt. The epaulets shall be tacked atshoulder with an ‘X’ cross stitched 1-3/4” from the sleeve head seam. The remaining opening shallbe large enough to allow a standard external microphone to pass through.

MIC TAB: There shall be a mic tab on front placket measuring 7/8" wide and 2" long. Mic tab shall be interlined and placed centered on front placket, 1-3/8" below center of hidden snap.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS – 5XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

Women’s: XS – 2XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Size M, Regular

Neck: 17.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 45.75 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 20.125 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Women's: Size M, Regular

Neck 16 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 41 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Page 27: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

26

Back Length: 26 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 18.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. BADGE PATCH AND RANK INSIGNIA SHALL BE SEWN AS APPLICABLE TO COLLARS AND SLEEVES. NAME TAPE SEWN ABOVE RIGHT POCKET IN GOLD OR SILVER DEPENDING ON RANK (FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME FOR SUPERVISOR / LAST NAME, BADGE NUMBER FOR OFFICER). ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE. “HPD K9” IN SCOTCHLITE BLOCK LETTERING ON BACK OF SHIRTS. “K9 UNIT” BELOW NAME TAPE.

Page 28: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

27

EXPLOSIVE DETECTION K9 / PATROL K9 BLAUER RIPSTOP STYLE #8731 (OD GREEN, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10057221

LONG SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Ripstop Weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable wool blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6.50 oz per square yard, + or - .25 oz, Warp Yarn: 20/1 Filling Yarn: 12.5/1 Tensile: 80 x 45 Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs.

Page 29: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

28

Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0 Staining: 3.0 Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0 SIDE PANEL KNIT FABRIC: Content: 92% Nylon 8% Lycra mesh technical knit with high abrasion, pill resistance and anti-odor finish. Breathable, 4 way stretch.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6 oz per square yard Pilling Resistance (Face): 5 Stretch (elongation): 105 x 170 Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100

Colorfastness: Laundering shade change, min: 4

Washfastness: 4

Dry/Wet Crocking: 4

TRIM: Interlining: Front Placket: 50% Polyester 50% Cotton; Small Parts: 100% polyester.

Hook and loop: Woven Nylon base

Buttons: Melamine, 20 ligne, matching shell fabric

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing.

Placket, collar, and cuffs fused with Etacol 100% cotton print cloth, 3.20 oz./sq yd.

Pocket flaps and epaulets, fuse and tack with Thermalbond non-woven, 100% polyester, 1.55 oz/sq. yd.

CONVERTIBLE COLLAR: Shaped points medium spread are to be 2-3/4” in length and are to be ¼” double needle topstitched. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and ¼” wide, to be sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. Collar shall be top fused.

SLEEVES: Are straight, two piece set-in sleeves with a stretch mesh underarm panel with a 1/4" double needle topstitch on shell fabric. The cuffs to be 2-1/2” in width and shall have a tab adjustment. Tab shall be pointed, with hook and loop closure. The cuff shall be ¼” double needled topstitched at the bottom, and 1/16” from the edge of the top. There shall be a sleeve vent opening from the top of the cuff, measuring 4-3/4” long. The vent placket shall be 3/4” wide finished with 1/16” single needle topstitch. The sleeve seam, as well as the sleeve setting seam (i.e. securing it to be body of the shirt) must be made by a narrow safety stitch, so as to properly strengthen the seam,

Page 30: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

29

as well as prevent the fabric from raveling. Cuffs are to be top fused and fully lined to give body by sewing in a self-fabric inner lining, cut straight to retain its shape.

FRONT: The front shall have a placket 1-1/2” wide, extending to the bottom of the shirt and be made of the same material as the shirt fabric with two rows of stitching 1” apart and ½” from the edge. This center facing shall be top fused to give body. Front placket shall have a 14” Nylon zipper with a compatible colored tape sewn to the front of the shirt and hidden snap at top and bottom of zipper. Hem shall be clean finished using double bend back folder with ¼” top stitching.

MESH SIDE PANELS: There shall be two mesh side panels sewn to the front and back panels to allow ventilation and for bi-swing action. Top of the side panel meets the top of the mesh sleeve panel on the fronts. Top of the side panel extends to below back yoke on the back side and acts as a bi-swing.

POCKETS: To have two (2) BDU style patch pockets with box pleats. Pockets are topstitched 1/16” from the edge, with square corners, to finish 5-3/4” wide and 5-3/4” long. Breast pockets to have 1-1/4” box pleat stitched top and bottom to prevent spreading. The left breast pockets shall have a pencil compartment 1-1/4” wide corresponding to opening on flap.

FLAPS: Style has two asymmetrical flaps, made with 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining. Flaps to finish 5-3/4” in width, 2-3/4” long closest to side seam and 2-1/4” long closest to center front. Flaps finished with double needle 1/4" topstitch. Pocket flap secures to the pocket with hook and loop measuring 5/8" wide by 1" long. The loop shall be sewn to the underside of the flap 3/8" from side and bottom edge and the corresponding hook will be sewn to the pocket. Pencil opening on wearer's left pocket flap at the inside corner of the flap, measuring 1-3/8" wide and secured by "L" shaped bartacks at each end. Flap topstitching extends across the pencil pocket opening.

NAPOLEON POCKETS: There shall be two (2) hidden notebook pockets under patch pockets and closed with hook and loop, measuring 5/8" wide by 2" long. Notebook pocket opening measures 6-1/4” and shall be secured with vertical bartacks on each side.

BACK: There shall be a bi-swing pleat stitched to back side of mesh side panel. Pleat constructed with 1-1/4" fold over with reinforcement 1-1/4" box stitch with "X" stitch directly below back yoke. Bi-swing measures approximately 1-1/4" wide by 9" long. Back panel side seams finished with 1/4" double needle topstitch towards center back.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh fabric finished with ¼” double needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 3-7/8” high at the center back.

BADGE ATTACHMENT SLING: Is reinforced on the inside of the shirt by means of 1 ply shell fabric 1-1/2” wide, stitched and folded, so that there are no raw edges. This reinforcement strip is to be set approximately 2” down from the top of the pocket, to be caught in the double stitching of the flap setting stitches and extend

Page 31: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

30

and be caught in the joining seam at the front of yoke. To have two small horizontal buttonholes 1-3/8” apart with the button buttonhole 1 ¼” above the top of the left flap.

EPAULETS: The epaulets shall be made of 1 ply shell fabric folded and 1 ply fuse and tac interlining, measuring 1-3/4” wide at shoulders and 1 ½” wide at point. Both sides of the point shall be tacked down toprevent curling. The other end shall be sewn in the sleeve with topstitch at sleeve setting seam.The length is to be graded conforming to the size of the shirt. The epaulets shall be tacked atshoulder with an ‘X’ cross stitched 1-3/4” from the sleeve head seam. The remaining opening shallbe large enough to allow a standard external microphone to pass through.

MIC TAB: There shall be a mic tab on front placket measuring 7/8" wide and 2" long. Mic tab shall be interlined and placed centered on front placket, 1-3/8" below center of hidden snap.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS – 5XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

Women’s: XS – 2XL, Short, Regular, Tall Lengths

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Size M, Regular

Neck: 17.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 45.75 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 35 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Women's: Size M, Regular

Neck 16 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Chest: 41 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Page 32: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

31

Back Length: 26 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 32 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. BADGE PATCH AND RANK INSIGNIA SHALL BE SEWN AS APPLICABLE TO COLLARS AND SLEEVES. YEARS OF SERVICE PATCH TO LONG SLEEVE SHIRT. NAME TAPE SEWN ABOVE RIGHT POCKET IN GOLD OR SILVER DEPENDING ON RANK (FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME FOR SUPERVISOR / LAST NAME, BADGE NUMBER FOR OFFICER). ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE. “HPD K9” IN SCOTCHLITE BLOCK LETTERING ON BACK OF SHIRTS. “K9 UNIT” BELOW NAME TAPE.

Page 33: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

32

BASESHIRT, BLAUER, PULLOVER, LONG SLEEVE BLAUER BASESHIRT STYLE #8471/ 8471W (DARK NAVY, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10056170

LONG SLEEVE POLYWOOL SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 34: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

33

FABRIC:

Content: 75% Polyester 25% Worsted wool plain weave. Machine washable and dry cleanable polyester provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care. Wicking finish for quick drying comfort and anti-odor treatment.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6.10-6.40 oz per square yard Ply of yarn: 2-ply Warp, Single ply fillingConstruction: 47 ends per inch, 43 picks per inchBreaking Strength: ≥ 120 lbs. in Warp

≥ 90 lbs. in FillingTear Strength: ≥ 12 lbs. in Warp

≥ 10 lbs. in FillingMinimum Filling Stretch: 10%Fiber Length: Worsted Wool: 3-3.5 inches average minimum

Polyester: 3 inches minimum

WAFFLE KNIT FABRIC: Dyed to match shell fabric

Content: 100% Polyester waffle knit

Physical Properties: Weight: 5 oz per square yard Pilling Resistance (Face): 5 Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100+ Colorfastness: Excellent color fastness to washing.

Machine washable and dry cleanable.

MESH LINING FABRIC: Content: 100% Polyester. Dimensional stability, colorfastness, anti-microbial, anti-abrasion, and wicking.

Weight: 3.20 oz per square yard (+/- 5%)

Page 35: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

34

Courses per inch: 33 +/- 2

Wales per inch: 40 +/- 3

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing: plackets, cuffs, and collar.

GENERAL DESIGN: This is a long sleeve pullover shirt with a 3-button center front placket having a mic tab is at the bottom of the placket and a banded collar. Construction is in a woven/knit fabric combination with underarm panels and sleeve gusset. There is also adjustable 2-button cuffs and crosswalk reflective trim on back of collar and inside of cuffs.

COLLAR: Points medium spread are to be 3-1/4” in length and back of the stand to measure 1-3/8”. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and 1/4” wide, are sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. The stand shall fasten with one (1) button and the inner stand is to be lined with matching 100% Polyester inner lining, cut on the bias, to assure that the collar will lie properly. Collar shall be top fused.

SLEEVES: A straight one piece style with a knit underarm panel. The cuffs are 2-1/4” in width, and to fasten with two (2) four hole buttons. The vent placket shall be 1” wide finished with 1/16” topstitching and shall close with a button and buttonhole, spaced approximately halfway up the opening. The sleeve seam, as well as the sleeve setting seam (i.e. securing it to be body of the shirt) must be made by a narrow safety stitch, so as to properly strengthen the seam, as well as prevent the fabric from raveling. Cuffs are to be top fused and fully lined to give body by sewing in a self-fabric inner lining, cut straight to retain its shape.

FRONT (PLACKET): The front shall have a placket measuring 1-1/2” wide and 6-1/2” long, extending to the top of the front yoke finished with 1/4” topstitching. This front placket shall be top fused to give body. The buttonholes on the center front shall be placed 3/4” from the edge. First button centered on collar stand and 3/8" below neck seam; buttonhole shall be horizontal. Second button set 2-1/4" below neckline seam (to center of button); buttonhole shall be vertical. Third button set 2-1/4” below second button (to center of button); buttonhole shall be vertical. Pencil pocket shall be placed 3/8” above the yoke seam on wearer’s left. A single 1/2” welt design shall be sewn with pocket bag and stitched divider to create 2 placement spaces. (Note: there is not a pencil pocket on the chest front for women version).

MIC TAB: The tab with finished measures of 7/8" H x 1-3/4" L shall be made from 1 ply (woven) of shell fabric. It shall be clean finished with edge stitching around and placed evenly over CF Placket with bottom edge of tab to line up to yoke joining seam. Single needle stitch tab down with safety tacked for both ends.

Page 36: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

35

FRONT YOKE: Two-piece front yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 7” high at armhole.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 5-1/4” high at the center back.

FRONT AND BACK PANELS: Bottom section of front and back panels shall consist of waffle knit shell fabric. There shall be 1 ply shell fabric armhole patches clean finished into armhole and side seams to prevent peak through of waffle knit. Inner edges of patches shall have 1/16" edge stitching.

HEM: The hem shall be 3/4" with double needle coverstitch.

REFLECTIVE TRIM: Crosswalk reflective trim measuring 1/2" wide by 4" long shall be centered 3/4" down from the collar edge on the underside of the collar and other crosswalk reflective trim shall be applied 1/4" in from the finished edge of the cuff opening edges.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving neck size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS-5XL, Lengths 31-39

Women's: XS-2XL, Short, Regular, and Tall

MEASUREMENTS:

Men's: Length 33: Size M:

Neck 16.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 21 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 31 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Page 37: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

36

Women's: Regular Length: Size M

Neck 15.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 20 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 28 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 32 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION:

THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 38: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

37

BASESHIRT, BLAUER, PULLOVER, SHORT SLEEVE BLAUER POLYWOOL BASESHIRT STYLE #8472/ 8472W (DARK NAVY, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10056171

SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 39: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

38

FABRIC:

Content: 75% Polyester 25% Worsted wool plain weave. Machine washable and dry cleanable polyester provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care. Wicking finish for quick drying comfort and anti-odor treatment.

Weight: 6.10-6.40 oz per square yard

Physical Properties: Ply of yarn: 2-ply Warp, Single ply fillingConstruction: 47 ends per inch, 43 picks per inchBreaking Strength: ≥ 120 lbs in Warp

≥ 90 lbs in FillingTear Strength: ≥ 12 lbs in Warp

≥ 10 lbs in FillingMinimum Filling Stretch: 10%Fiber Length: Worsted Wool: 3-3.5 inches average minimum

Polyester: 3 inches minimum

WAFFLE KNIT FABRIC: Content: 100% Polyester waffle knit

Weight: 5 oz per square yard

Physical Properties: Pilling Resistance (Face) – 5 Bursting Strength, min (psi) – 100+

Colorfastness: Excellent color fastness to washing. Machine washable and dry cleanable.

Page 40: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

39

MESH LINING FABRIC: Content: 100% Polyester. Dimensional stability, colorfastness, anti-microbial, anti-abrasion, and wicking.

Weight: 3.20 oz per square yard (+/- 5%)

Courses per inch: 33 +/- 2

Wales per inch: 40 +/- 3

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing: placket and collar.

GENERAL DESIGN: This is a short sleeve pullover shirt with a 3-button center front placket having a mic tab is at the bottom of the placket and a banded collar. Construction is in a woven/knit fabric combination with underarm panels and sleeve gusset. Crosswalk reflective trim is placed on back underside of collar and inside of sleeve hem.

COLLAR: Points medium spread are to be 2-3/4” in length. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and 1/4” wide, to be sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. Collar shall be sport style with shaped points and 1 ply polyester taffeta banana band. Collar shall be top fused and lay flat.

SLEEVES: Are a straight style, in one piece with underarm gusset panel of knit fabric and hemmed below the bicep. The sleeve hem shall be top stitched to prevent rolling. Sleeve hem shall be 1” wide double bend back with single needle stitch through and a 1/16” edgestitch.

FRONT (PLACKET): The front shall have a placket measuring 1-1/2” wide and 6-1/2” long, extending to the top of the front yoke finished with 1/4” topstitching. This front placket shall be top fused to give body. The buttonholes on the center front shall be placed 3/4” from the edge. First button centered on collar stand and 3/8" below neck seam; buttonhole shall be horizontal. Second button set 2-1/4" below neckline seam (to center of button); buttonhole shall be vertical. Third button set 2-1/4” below second button (to center of button); buttonhole shall be vertical. Pencil pocket shall be placed 3/8” above the yoke seam on wearer’s left. A single 1/2” welt design shall be sewn with pocket bag and stitched divider to create 2 placement spaces. (Note: there is not a pencil pocket on the chest front for women version)

MIC TAB: The tab with finished measures of 7/8" H x 1-3/4" L shall be made from 1 ply (woven) of shell fabric. It shall be clean finished with edge stitching around and placed evenly over CF Placket with bottom edge of tab to line up to yoke joining seam. Single needle stitch tab down with safety tacked for both ends.

Page 41: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

40

FRONT YOKE: Two-piece front yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 7” high at armhole.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 5-1/4” high at the center back.

FRONT AND BACK PANELS: Bottom section of front and back panels shall consist of waffle knit shell fabric. There shall be 1 ply shell fabric armhole patches clean finished into armhole and side seams to prevent peak through of waffle knit. Inner edges of patches shall have 1/16" edge stitching.

HEM: The hem shall be 3/4" with double needle coverstitch.

REFLECTIVE TRIM: Crosswalk reflective trim measuring 1/2" wide by 4" long shall be centered 3/4" down from the collar edge on the underside of the collar and other crosswalk reflective trim shall be applied 1/4" in from the finished edge of the hem opening edges.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving neck size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS - 5XL, Short, Regular, Tall and X-Tall

Women's: XS - 2XL, Short, Regular, Tall, and X-Tall

MEASUREMENTS

Men's: Regular Length: Size M:

Neck: 16.75 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 21 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Women's: Regular Length: Size M

Page 42: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

41

Neck: 15.75 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 20 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 28 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 43: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

42

BASESHIRT, BLAUER RIPSTOP, PULLOVER, LONG SLEEVE BLAUER BASESHIRT STYLE #8781/ 8781W (DARK NAVY, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10056174

LONG SLEEVE RIPSTOP SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 44: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

43

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Polyester/Cotton, Plain ripstop weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable cotton blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 4.25 oz per square yard, + or - .25 oz.. Warp Yarn: 26/1 Filling Yarn: 26/1 Tensile: 80 x 45 Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs. Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0 Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0

WAFFLE KNIT FABRIC: Dyed to match shell fabric

Content: 100% Polyester waffle knit

Physical Properties: Weight: 5 oz per square yard

Pilling Resistance (Face): 5

Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100+

Colorfastness: Excellent color fastness to washing.

Anti-odor and abrasion resistant finish.

Machine washable and dry cleanable.

Page 45: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

44

MESH YOKE LINING FABRIC: Content: 100% Polyester. Dimensional stability, colorfastness, anti-odor, anti-abrasion, and wicking.

Weight: 3.20 oz.. per square yard (+/- 5%)

Courses per inch: 33 +/- 2

Wales per inch: 40 +/- 3

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing. Plackets, cuffs, and collar.

COLLAR: Convertible collar with collar points medium spread to be 2-5/8” in length and 3” at center back. Collar consists of 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining on top collar only, and 1 ply taffeta banana band. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and 1/4” wide, to be sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. Inner collar to be lined with matching 100% Polyester inner lining, cut on the bias, to assure that the collar will lie properly. Collar shall be finished with 1/4" single needle topstitching.

SLEEVES: Are to be straight, in one piece. Sleeves shall have one pleat pressed toward back side of sleeve. Cuffs constructed of 1 ply shell folded to create 2 and 1 ply interlining. Cuffs are topstitched around edges. The cuffs are to be 2-1/2” in width, and to have a tab for adjustment with hook and loop closure. End of the tab shall be pointed and shall have a piece of hook to fasten to loop on cuff. Sleeve vent will be 4-3/4" long, with 3/4" placket stitched to underside of vent to finish. Top side of vent folded under and finished with 1-1/8" topstitch. Under placket shall measure 3/4", with a 1/16" topstitch. The sleeve seam, as well as the sleeve setting seam (i.e. securing it to be body of the shirt) must be made by a narrow safety stitch, so as to properly strengthen the seam, as well as prevent the fabric from raveling. Cuffs are to be top fused and fully lined to give body by sewing in a self-fabric inner lining, cut straight to retain its shape.

FRONT: The front shall have a placket measuring 1-1/2” wide and 6-1/2” long, extending to the top of the front yoke finished with 1/4” topstitching. This front placket shall be top fused to add body. The buttonholes on the center front shall be placed 3/4” from the edge. First button centered on collar stand and 3/4" from front edge. Buttonhole shall be horizontal. Second button set 2-3/8" below neckline seam (to center of button). Buttonhole shall be vertical. Third button set 2-5/8 below second button (to center of button). Buttonhole shall be vertical.

FRONT YOKE: Two-piece front yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 7” high at armhole.

PENCIL/PEN POCKET: 1/2" single welt with 1-ply pocket bag in woven self fabric. Set pen pocket on wearer's Left, 3/8" above front yoke seam. Single needle stitched pocket bag backing thru' front with center stitching for divider. (note: there is not a pencil pocket on the chest front for women version)

Page 46: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

45

FRONT AND BACK PANELS: Bottom section of front and back panels shall consist of waffle knit shell fabric. There shall be 1 ply shell fabric armhole patches clean finished into armhole and side seams to prevent peak through of waffle knit. Inner edges of patches shall have 1/16" edge stitching.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 5-1/4” high at the center back.

MIC TAB: There shall be a mic tab made of 1 ply shell fabric measuring 7/8" high by 1-3/4" long. Mic tab shall be placed evenly over front placket with bottom edge of tab to line up to yoke joining seam. Single needle stitch tab down with safety tacked for both ends.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS - 5XL, Lengths 31-39 Women's: XS - 2XL, Short, Regular, and Tall

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Size M, Length 33:

Neck 17.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 21 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 33.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Women's: Size M, Regular:

Neck 15.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 20 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 28 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Page 47: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

46

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 32 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. BADGE PATCH AND RANK INSIGNIA SHALL BE SEWN AS APPLICABLE TO COLLARS AND SLEEVES. YEARS OF SERVICE PATCH TO LONG SLEEVE SHIRT. NAME TAPE SEWN ABOVE RIGHT POCKET IN GOLD OR SILVER DEPENDING ON RANK (FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME FOR SUPERVISOR / LAST NAME, BADGE NUMBER FOR OFFICER). ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 48: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

47

BASESHIRT, BLAUER RIPSTOP, PULLOVER, SHORT SLEEVE BLAUER BASESHIRT STYLE #8782/ 8782W (DARK NAVY, VARIOUS SIZES)

MATERIAL #10056175

SHORT SLEEVE RIPSTOP SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 49: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

48

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Plain ripstop weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable cotton blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 4.25 oz.. per square yard, + or - .25 oz.. Warp Yarn: 26/1 Filling Yarn: 26/1 Tensile: 80 x 45 Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs. Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0 Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0

WAFFLE KNIT FABRIC: Content: 100% Polyester waffle knit

Physical Properties: Weight: 5 oz.. per square yard Pilling Resistance (Face) 5.0 Bursting Strength, min (psi) 100+

Colorfastness: Excellent color fastness to washing. Anti-odor and abrasion resistant finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable.

MESH YOKE LINING FABRIC: Content: 100% Polyester. Dimensional stability, colorfastness, anti-odor, anti-abrasion, and wicking. Weight: 3.20 oz.. per square yard (+/- 5%) Courses per inch: 33 +/- 2

Page 50: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

49

Wales per inch: 40 +/- 3

TOP FUSING: The following small parts shall be top fused prior to sewing. Placket, collar and mic tab.

COLLAR: Sports style collar with points medium spread are to be 2-5/8” in length and 3” at center back. Permanent stays 2-1/2” in length and 1/4” wide, to be sewn inside collars so that no stitches are made through bottom leaf. Collar shall be sport style with shaped points and 1 ply polyester taffeta banana band. Collar shall be top fused and lay flat.

SLEEVES: To be straight style, in one piece, and hemmed below the bicep. The sleeve hem shall be top stitched to prevent rolling. Sleeve hem shall be double bend back and a single needle topstitch creating a 1/4” horizontal pleat from the top edge. Hem will finish 1” wide.

FRONT: The front shall have a placket measuring 1-1/2” wide and 6-1/2” long, extending to the top of the front yoke finished with 1/4” topstitching. This front placket shall be top fused to give body. The buttonholes on the center front shall be placed 3/4” from the edge. First button centered on collar stand and 3/4" from front edge. Buttonhole shall be horizontal. Second button set 2-3/8" below neckline seam (to center of button). Buttonhole shall be vertical. Third button set 2-5/8 below second button (to center of button). Buttonhole shall be vertical.

FRONT YOKE: Two-piece front yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 7” high at armhole.

PENCIL/PEN POCKET: 1/2" single welt with 1-ply pocket bag in woven self-fabric. Set pen pocket on wearer's Left, 3/8" above front yoke seam. Single needle stitched pocket bag backing thru' front with center stitching for divider. (Note: there is not a pencil pocket on the chest front for women version)

FRONT AND BACK PANELS: Bottom section of front and back panels shall consist of waffle knit shell fabric. There shall be 1 ply shell fabric armhole patches clean finished into armhole and side seams to prevent peak through of waffle knit. Inner edges of patches shall have 1/16" edge stitching.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with mesh lining finished with 1/4” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 5-1/4” high at the center back.

MIC TAB: There shall be a mic tab made of 1 ply shell fabric measuring 7/8" high by 1-3/4" long. Mic tab shall be placed evenly over front placket with bottom edge of tab to line up to yoke joining seam. Single needle stitch tab down with safety tacked for both ends.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

Page 51: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

50

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: XS - 5XL, Short, Regular, Tall and X-Tall Women's: XS - 2XL, Short, Regular, Tall, and X-Tall

MEASUREMENTS Men's: Regular Length: Size M:

Neck: 16.75 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 21 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 32.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 20.625 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Women's: Regular Length: Size M

Neck: 15.75 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

1/2 Chest: 20 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 28 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length (from CB neck): 18.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT SHOULDER PATCH SHALL BE SEWN WITH BLACK THREAD TO THE RIGHT AND LEFT SLEEVES. BADGE PATCH AND RANK INSIGNIA SHALL BE SEWN AS APPLICABLE TO COLLARS AND SLEEVES. NAME TAPE SEWN ABOVE RIGHT POCKET IN GOLD OR SILVER DEPENDING ON RANK (FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME FOR SUPERVISOR / LAST NAME, BADGE NUMBER FOR OFFICER). ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE

Page 52: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

51

MRT POLO SHIRT, SHORT SLEEVE PROPPER BIKE PATROL POLO STYLE #F5331, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10057711

SHORT SLEEVE POLO SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

100% polyester pique Snag and pill-resistant fabric Reflective trim on chest and sleeve Mesh underarm gussets keep you cool and comfortable Integrated badge tab

Page 53: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

52

Zippered chest pocket Front mic/sunglass clip Two-channel pen pocket Antimicrobial fabric Jersey-style collar

CUSTOMIZATION: MOBILITY RESPONSE TEAM EMBLEM SHALL BE SEWN ON EACH SLEEVE, UNIT PATCH ON FRONT LEFT, MOBILITY IN SCOTCHLITE BLOCK LETTERING TO BE IMPRINTED ON FRONT AND MOBILITY RESPONSE IN SCOTCHLITE LETTERING TO BE IMPRINTED ON BACK. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEMS TO MATCH DEPARTMENT ISSUED SIZE AND STYLE. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM COST SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE OF THE SHIRT

Page 54: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

53

CIVILIAN FEMALE SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT. DUTYPRO STYLE #SH883, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10054625

WOMEN’S SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

4-1/2 oz. 100% POLYESTER

Permanent collar stays

Badge tabs with internal slings for added support

Convertible collar

Machine wash and dry

Imported

Military style has sewn-increases with pleated pockets and scalloped flaps.

Page 55: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

54

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE EMBLEM SHALL BE SEWN ON EACH SLEEVE, UNIT PATCH ON FRONT LEFT. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE SHIRT

Page 56: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

55

CIVILIAN FEMALE LONG SLEEVE SHIRT. DUTYPRO STYLE #SH884, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10054626

WOMEN’S LONG SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

5 oz. 100% polyester

Sewn-in military creases and permanent collar stays for a crisp look

Reinforced functional epaulets and extra-long internal badge sling

Pocket flaps with hook-and-loop closures

Customizable with emblems, embroidery or heat press.

Machine wash and dry

Imported

Page 57: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

56

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE EMBLEM SHALL BE SEWN ON EACH SLEEVE, UNIT PATCH ON FRONT LEFT. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE OF THE SHIRT

Page 58: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

57

CIVILIAN MALE LONG SLEEVE SHIRT. DUTYPRO STYLE #SH1434, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10056189

MEN’S LONG SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

5 oz.oz.. 100% polyester

Sewn-in military creases and permanent collar stays for a crisp look

Reinforced functional epaulets and extra-long internal badge sling

Pocket flaps with hook-and-loop closures

Long sleeve

Customizable with emblems, embroidery or heat press.

Machine wash and dry

Imported

Page 59: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

58

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE EMBLEM SHALL BE SEWN ON EACH SLEEVE, UNIT PATCH ON FRONT LEFT. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE SHIRT

Page 60: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

59

CIVILIAN MALE SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT. DUTYPRO STYLE #SH746, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10056190

MEN’S SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

5 oz. 100% polyester

Sewn-in military creases and permanent collar stays for a crisp look

Reinforced functional epaulets and extra-long internal badge sling

Pocket flaps with hook-and-loop closures

Short sleeve

Customizable with Emblems, Embroidery or Heat Press.

Machine wash and dry

Imported

Page 61: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

60

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE EMBLEM SHALL BE SEWN ON EACH SLEEVE, UNIT PATCH ON FRONT LEFT. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE SHIRT

Page 62: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

61

UNDER ARMOUR MEN'S TAC TECH SHORT SLEEVE T-SHIRT UNDER ARMOUR STYLE #UA707, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10055337

SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval..

FEATURES:

100% polyester

Lightweight UA Tech™ fabric with an ultra-soft, natural feel for unrivaled comfort

Optimal stretch for great mobility

ArmourBlock® technology prevents the growth of odor-causing microbes

Signature Moisture Transport System wicks sweat away from the body

Smooth, chafe-free flatlock seam construction

30+ UPF sun protection

Page 63: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

62

Imported

CUSTOMIZATION: SCREENPRINTING (Gold or Silver depending on rank) - Front Right: First Initial, Last Name, unit name. Front left Houston Police Badge emblem left side chest. Back: Houston Police. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE SHIRT

Page 64: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

63

UNDER ARMOUR MEN'S TAC TECH LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT UNDER ARMOUR STYLE #TS862, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10055338

LONG SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

3.9 oz., 100% polyester

UA Tech™ fabric for superior softness

Moisture Transport System

Anti-odor technology

Page 65: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

64

CUSTOMIZATION: SCREENPRINTING (Gold or Silver depending on rank) - Front Right: First Initial, Last Name, unit name. Front left Houston Police Badge emblem left side chest. Back: Houston Police. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE SHIRT

Page 66: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

65

CRIME SUPRESSION TEAM SHORT SLEEVE T-SHIRT SPORT TEK DRY ZONE STYLE #T473, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10058417

SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

4-ounce, 100% polyester

Tag-free label

Double-needle sleeves and hem

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE SCREENPRINTED IN GOLD FRONT AND BACK. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE SHIRT

Page 67: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

66

CRIME SUPRESSION TEAM LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT SPORT TEK DRY ZONE STYLE #T473LS, 100% POLYESTER, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10058418

LONG SLEEVE SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

4-ounce, 100% polyester mini pique

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE SCREENPRINTED IN GOLD FRONT AND BACK. POLICE SCREEN PRINTED ON LEFT AND RIGHT SLEEVES IN GOLD. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM SEWING COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE SHIRT

Page 68: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

67

MECHANICS SHORT SLEEVE T-SHIRT HANES BEEFY T-ADULT POCKET T-SHIRT STYLE #5190 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10055307

SHORT SLEEVE T-SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 69: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

68

FEATURES:

Comes in a hefty 6.1-oz. weight for added durability.

Made with 100% soft, ring-spun cotton.

Double-needle, cover-seamed, lay flat collar keeps its shape wash after wash.

Shoulder-to-shoulder tape for durability.

Durable double stitching trims sleeves and bottom hem.

Full cut provides roomier fit.

CUSTOMIZATION: UNIT EMBLEM SCREENPRINTED ON FRONT LEFT. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 70: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

69

MECHANICS LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT HANES BEEFY T-ADULT POCKET LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT STYLE #5186 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10055315

LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 71: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

70

FEATURES:

6.1 oz. 100% ring-spun cotton jersey fabric

With appropriate logo

Shoulder-to-shoulder taped seams

With Pocket

Long sleeves

Machine wash and dry

Imported

CUSTOMIZATION: UNIT EMBLEM SCREENPRINTED ON FRONT LEFT. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 72: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

71

MECHANICS LONG SLEEVE UTILITY SHIRT RED KAP UTILITY STYLE #ST52 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10055951

LONG SLEEVE UTILITY SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

FABRIC 5.25 oz. Twill

BLEND 65% Polyester / 35% Cotton

Page 73: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

72

FINISH Soil Release

CLOSURE Seven-button front, including button at neck

POCKET Two button-thru flapped pockets, bartacked pencil stall on left pocket

CUSTOMIZATION: UNIT PATCH EMBROIDERED ON FRONT LEFT. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 74: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

73

5.11 TACTICAL PERFORMANCE LOGO SHORT SLEEVE POLO 5.11 TACTICAL PERFORMANCE STYLE #71049 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10054683

SHORT SLEEVE POLO SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 75: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

74

FEATURES:

Made from 6.7 oz. jersey knit 100% polyester fabric for outstanding color retention as well as shrink and wrinkle resistance

Antimicrobial, moisture wicking and snag-resistant

Stay-flat, no roll collar

Collarbone and front mic-clip pockets.

Dual pen pockets on left sleeve

CUSTOMIZATION: UNIT PATCH EMBROIDERED OR SCREENPRINTED ON LEFT CHEST

Page 76: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

75

PROPERTY ROOM SHORT SLEEVE POLO 5.11 TACTICAL PROFESSIONAL STYLE #41060 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10054690

SHORT SLEEVE POLO SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 77: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

76

FEATURES:

6.8 oz., 100% cotton pique fabric

Fade, shrink and wrinkle resistant

Permanent no-curl collar

Handy pen/pencil pocket on left sleeve

Melamine buttons won't burn, crack or melt

Strengthened seams

Machine wash and dry

Imported

CUSTOMIZATION: UNIT PATCH EMBROIDERED ON FRONT LEFT. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 78: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

77

UNIT SHORT SLEEVE T-SHIRT FRUIT OF THE LOOM HD COTTON STYLE#3930R VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056925

SHORT SLEEVE T-SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 79: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

78

FEATURES:

100% cotton, preshrunk jersey; Ash is 98/2% cotton/poly;

Athletic Heather is 90/10 cotton poly; Black Heather 50/50 cotton/poly

Neons, Retro Heathers & Safety Colors are 50/50 cotton poly

Shoulder-to-shoulder tape; double-needle coverstitched front neck

Double-needle stitched sleeves and button hem

High-density fabric for exceptional printing clarity

Seamless 1x1 ribbed collar

CUSTOMIZATION: UNIT EMBLEM SCREENPRINTED ON FRONT LEFT. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 80: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

79

BOMB SQUAD BDU SHIRT PROPPER FOUR POCKET BDU SHIRT STYLE#F5454 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056920

BDU SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

6.7 oz. 65% polyester/35% cotton RipStop

Page 81: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

80

Sewn to military specification

Fade, snag, shrink and wrinkle-resistant

Button-down shoulder epaulets

Four cargo pockets on chest

Drain holes in bellowed pockets

Adjustable sleeve buttons

Felled side seams and sleeves means no fraying

Double reinforced elbows

Four-pocket shirt has continuous body fit

Fused pocket flaps and collar for clean, professional look

Long sleeves

Machine wash and dry

CUSTOMIZATION: ADD LOOP SIDE VELCRO TO EACH SHOULDER TO ACCOMMODATE VELCRO PATCH. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 82: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

81

BOMB SQUAD PULLOVER SWEATER 5.11 TACTICAL ¼ ZIP JOB SHIRT STYLE#72314 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056924

PULLOVER SWEATER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 83: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

82

FEATURES:

11.6 oz., polyester, cotton fleece

Stain-resistant finish

Fade resistant

Multiple pockets allow for storage of various gear and equipment for added functionality

Chest Breakthrough pocket with hoop-and-loop divider allows you to carry smaller objects

Handwarmer pockets on both sides

Mic pockets at both shoulders and pen pockets on the left sleeve

No-roll collar

Locker loop at inner collar

YKK zipper hardware

Source cuffs and hem

Machine Wash and Dry

CUSTOMIZATION:

UNIT EMBROIDERED ON FRONT LEFT. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 84: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

83

BOMB SQUAD LONG SLEEVE COMBAT SHIRT TRU-SPEC STYLE#2554 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056921

COMBAT SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 85: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

84

FEATURES:

Body constructed from No Melt, No Drip CORDURA Baselayer fabric, a 60/40 cotton nylon blend that not only reduces the severity of burn injuries and helps protect against flash fires, but also breathes, wicks away moisture and dries quickly

Mock turtle-neck

Seamless shoulders to minimize rubbing and chafing

Zippered sleeve storage pockets

Loop on sleeve pockets for attaching name, rank and flag patches

Glint tape holder for IR tape

Anti-abrasion padded elbow patch

Gusseted sleeves

Hook & loop cuff closures

Machine washable, hang dry

Imported

CUSTOMIZATION:

Page 86: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

85

UNIT LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT FRUIT OF THE LOOM STYLE#4930R VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056926

LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 87: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

86

FEATURES:

100% cotton, preshrunk jersey; Ash is 98/2% cotton/poly;

Athletic Heather is 90/10 cotton poly; Black Heather 50/50 cotton/poly

Neons, Retro Heathers & Safety Colors are 50/50 cotton poly

Shoulder-to-shoulder tape; double-needle coverstitched front neck

Double-needle stitched sleeves and bottom hem

High-density fabric for exceptional printing clarity

Seamless 1x1 ribbed collar

CUSTOMIZATION: UNIT LOGO SCREENPRINTED ON FRONT LEFT. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 88: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

87

BICYCLE PATROL SHORT SLEEVE POLO SHIRT BLAUER STYLE#8133 VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10057408

BICYCLE PATROL POLO SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Lightweight, moisture wicking polyester pique and open polyester mesh combine to ensure breathability and quick dry comfort.

Page 89: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

88

Color block design with reflective accents provides increased visibility day and night

No fade dying technology

Anti-odor technology

Loose athletic cut and raglan design for full range of motion

Pick and pill resistant polyester knit

Mesh panels on sides and under arms

Professional looking rib knit collar and cuffs

Quarter zip design for easy on/off

Double pen pocket on left sleeve

Center mic/camera tab

Split tail design is long and stays tucked in

Available in tall sizes for extra length

CUSTOMIZATION: FIRST INITIAL AND LAST NAME EMBROIDERED ON RIGHT FRONT CHEST, “HOUSTON POLICE” SCREEN PRINTED ON FRONT, SILVER/GOLD BADGES AS APPROPRIATE ON LEFT CHEST, RANK SEWN ON TO COLLAR OR SLEEVES AS APPROPRIATE, HPD SHOULDER PATCHES ON EACH SHOULDER. “POLICE” SCREENPRINTED ACROSS THE BACK. ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 90: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

89

BICYCLE PATROL COLD WEATHER UNDERSHIRT UNDER ARMOR COLDGEAR INFRARED TACTICAL FITTED LONG SLEEVE SHIRT STYLE#1244393 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10054164

BIKE PATROL WINTER SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 91: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

90

FEATURES:

89% polyester, 11% elastane

Exclusive ColdGear® infrared technology reflects the wearers body heat for extra warmth

Dual-layer fabric provides a durable, slick, and fast-drying exterior

4-way stretch fabrication allows greater mobility and maintains shape

Moisture Transport System wicks sweat away from the body

Anti-odor technology prevents growth of odor causing microbes

Smooth, chafe-free flatlock seam construction

Tonal logo for uniform wear

Imported

Page 92: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

91

CLASSIFIED/CIVILIAN RAIN PANTS GERBER PRO DRY STYLE #70D3/L OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10031702

RAIN PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 93: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

92

SPECIFICATIONS:

The rain pants must be waterproofed, fully cut, fully lined with 86-pic taffeta lining, well-balanced, with

2" elasticized waistband with no belt loops and hidden cargo pockets. Side-vent openings for easy access to pockets or weapons. The end of the pant leg will be finished with a zippered vent opening. The pant shall be reversible to hi Viz lime with black edged scotchlight trim Reference product is Gerber’s identification number 70D3/L. Color in black.

FABRIC/MATERIALS Shell Fabric: Nylon Mid Weight Taslan, 228 T. Waterproof / Windproof / Breathable

Thread Count: Warp 158 x Fill 70

158 Denier x 70 Denier

Waterproof: ASTM D 781-2000 > 200 psi

Breathable: WVT G/sq. m ASTM E 96 > 1000 mullens

Lining Fabric: Type: 100% nylon taffeta plain weave, 70 denier nylon type 66 continuous filament yarns with 34 filament, melting point 455 degree Fahrenheit. Color black.

Thread Count: Warp 104, Filling 86, +-2.

Weight: 1.80 ounces/sq.yard. Color fastness and crocking to be good.

Breaking Strength: Warp 125 lbs., Filling 85 lbs. +-5%.

Tear Strength: Warp 3.5 lbs., Filling 2.1 lbs. +-5%.

Shrinkage: Warp 2%, Filling 2%.

Fasteners: All fasteners shall be as follows or equivalent:

Zippers: The vent leg zipper shall be a #6 13", coil, YKK with one slider.

Snaps: The snaps shall be universal prong snaps that have been oxidized to prevent rusting,

Thread: All thread shall be polyester thread with a wrap with 36 strength in a 50 size or better.

Seam seal tape: Composite seam sealing tape that is compatible to the composite fabric, 7/8" wide.

Elastic: Natural color, 2" wide dry clean and washable.

Velcro: Black, 1" hook and loop.

Eyelets: Black, metal, small.

Page 94: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

93

DESIGN FEATURES

FRONT: Front and back, with an integral waistband that measures 2" wide and is elasticized. The elastic shall be held with two rows of stitching and the setting stitchNo pockets and no fly.

POCKETS: On each out-seam there shall be hidden cargo pockets with zipper closure. .

SIDE OPENINGS: There shall be a right and left side 9" vent opening for easy access to pockets or weapon. The opening shall overlap. The side vents shall close at the top with a snap and an extra male portion located 1" apart for adjustment. The side vents shall have a 1" by 6" velcro strip running the length of the opening. There shall be 2 separate facing pieces sewn to the opening so that it remains watertight and so that the velcro closure is sewn only through the underside of the top flap and outside of the bottom.

ZIPPERED LEG VENTS: The cuff of the leg shall have a zippered vent opening to allow easy donning and doffing. The vent openings shall measure 15" and the opening shall overlap. Each opening shall have a 13" #6 coil zipper with one slider. The leg vents shall close at the bottom with a snap, with two more male portions of the snap 3" apart in the back hem for further adjustment. The pant hem shall finish with a ¾" plain hem.

SEAM SEALING: All external seams and sewing are to be seam sealed with a 7/8" wide seam sealing tape that is set with a hot air seam sealing machine. Seams are to be randomly tested with a Suter Tester 3 psi for 3 minutes. A log shall be maintained to record the testing results.

LABELS: Each garment shall have a brand label, care instruction label, an ID label and permanent size labels.

HANGTAGS: Each garment shall have a GERBER hangtag. On the back side of the GERBER hangtag there shall be a sticker label with the style name, the ID# and the size of the garment.

GUARANTEE: Each garment shall be guaranteed to be free from defects and the factory workmanship shall be guaranteed for five years. This guarantee shall be evidenced by a hangtag on each garment.

SILENCE OF SPECIFICATION: The apparent silence of this specification as to any details or the omission from it of a detail description concerning any point shall be interpreted as meaning that only the best commercial practices are to prevail and only materials and workmanship of first quality to be used.

MEASUREMENTS

SIZING: The manufacturer shall be capable of providing all sizes for men and women, including any special size requirements. The manufacturer shall have a company representative or authorized dealer available to assist with the fittings of the garments at no additional cost.

Page 95: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

94

The following sizes have been established as a guideline for this order:

SIZE CHART SIZE WAIST SIZE FINISHED WAIST FINISHED HIP

X-SMALL 25 34 39 SMALL 27 38 43 MEDIUM 29 42 47 LARGE 31 46 51 X-LARGE 33 50 55 XX-LARGE 35 54 59 XXX-LARGE 37 58 63 XXXX-LARGE 39 62 67 TOLERANCES +/-1" +/-1"

The rain pants must be waterproofed, hip length ultra-light weight rain pant that is reversible from black to fluorescent lime-yellow. Elasticized waistband with side snap adjustments / pocket access with snap adjustments and hook and loop cuff opening for easy on and off. ANSI 107:2015 Class E construction. 100% Polyester.

Plain front with no fly opening, no pockets. The pant shall have an elasticized waistband with 1" elastic. The waistband shall be black on the inside and outside. There shall be an ANSI-107 Label set under the front waistband hem. There shall be snap closure side equipment / pocket access at each side seam measuring 10" down from the top of the waistband. The top of the opening shall be secured with a female dome snap on the front waistband that attaches to a corresponding male snap on the back waistband. There shall be a second male snap stud 2" behind the first snap to allow waist adjustment.

Page 96: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

95

RIPSTOP BDU PANTS, MALE / FEMALE BLAUER TENX STYLE #8831, 8831W OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056805

RIPSTOP BDU PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Men Size 34, Regular length.

Page 97: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

96

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Ripstop Weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable cotton blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6.50 oz per square yard (+ or - .25 oz.)

Warp Yarn: 20/1

Filling Yarn: 12.5/1

Tensile: 80 x 45

Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs.

Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0

Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0

TRIM: Interlining: Polyester woven

Binding: Polyester/cotton bias cut

Waistband: Polyester/cotton, blend with single strip of silicone shirt grip

Fly zipper: Nylon coil #4.5 with auto lock slider

Snap: Prym style brass non-rusting

Buttons: Melamine, 22 ligne, matching shell fabric.

INTERNAL CONSTRUCTION FABRIC: Pockets shall be: Blend: 70% Polyester/ 30% cotton

Weave: Twill

Weight: 5.75 oz. per square yard (+ or - .25 oz.)

Finish: Pre-cure permanent press

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

Page 98: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

97

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. Stitch type 401 Tandem is used at a combined S.P.I. of 16. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching, All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

TUNNEL WAISTBAND: The tunnel waistband has a finished width of 2" wide. Construction is of two plies of shell fabric, one ply of interlining, elastic, and edge binding. Construction consists of front waistband tapering at the side inserted into the back tunnel waistband, with an internal 1” elastic band. Bar tacks are added vertically at the front and toward back to control the elastic length. On the inside, the waistband has a clean finish with edge binding and 3/4” twill silicone shirt grip tape stitched at center of under waistband. There shall be one snap closure with flat back and covered cap placed centered and 3/4” from center front edge to center of the snap.

BELT LOOPS: There are seven (7) belt loops on all size trousers up to and including waist 42” and 9 loops on waist sizes 44” and over. The belt loops shall be inserted into the waistband at the bottom, belly-tacked to the trouser body 3/4" down and tacked to the top of the waistband. Loops shall be 7/8" wide, have a 2-1/2" opening, and be constructed of two plies of shell fabric and one ply of fusible interlining butted on the reverse side and sewn with a double needle looping machine.

DARTS: There are two darts to shape the trouser. They shall be placed at the left and right back extending down from the waistband to the center of each hip pocket.

SLIDE FASTENER: Slide fastener (fly zipper) consists of Delrin coil self-healing hardware mounted on colorfast black blend nylon and cotton 7/16” tape, Coil size #4.5. Metal zippers which may break will not be accepted.

FLY CONSTRUCTION: The right inside fly is reinforced with internal construction fabric and 1/8” gauge top stitched along the entire exposed edge to insure shape retention for extended wear life. The left, outside fly is fully lined internally for shape retention. Right and left fly are joined together at the base of the fly. The joined fly forms a reinforcing tailpiece construction fully extending along the crotch seam to its intersection with leg inseams.

OUTLETS: Thigh outlets with the back side of the inseam shall measure 1” at the crotch and tapers to 3/8” at the knee.

LEG CONSTRUCTION: The legs are fully cut for ease of movement and assembled using over-edge stitching with outside double-needle reinforcement consisting of 4 pieces per leg. Knee pad openings on each leg, are made of 1-ply pocketing fabric with clean finished edges to accept optional knee pads.

Page 99: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

98

POCKETS: There are 6 pockets assembled from internal construction fabric as follows:

I. Front: Quarter pocket style with L-shaped pockets slanting 1-3/4” from the top waistbandto 1” at the bottom at the side seam. Pockets shall be constructed of one piece of thespecified pocketing material finishing approximately 6-1/2” wide at the bottom of thepocket opening and 11-1/2” long from where the pocket is sewn into the waistband. Pocketswill be over-edge stitched, turned and top-stitched for security and clean-finishing. Thereshall be a facing of shell fabric material running from the side seam and waistband and intothe pocket toward the body measuring 4 5/8” wide at the waistband and tapering to 4" atthe bottom of the pocket opening. There shall be a facing of shell fabric material on theinside of the pocket away from the body measuring 1-3/4” wide. There shall be a straightbar tack across the top of the pocket opening 1/4” down from the waistband and a straightbar tack across the bottom of the pocket opening centered on the side seam forreinforcement.

II. Rear: Left and right besom type hip pockets shall be inverted double corded type withstraight bar tacks set at each end of the pocket opening. The top and bottom pocket openingshall be topstitched. The finished pocket opening shall measure 5” and finished pocketdepth shall be 6”. The finished pocket bag shall measure 6-3/4” wide and shall extend down9” from where it is sewn into the waistband. The angled pocket flap shall be constructed oftwo plies of shell fabric and one ply interlining. This pocket flap is inserted between thewelts with the longer side closest to the side seam and the shorter side at center back andshall secure to the pocket with two pieces of hook and loop closure measuring 1" wide by 1"long (color should match shell fabric).

III. Side: There shall be side cargo patch pockets sewn to each outside leg such that the pocketis centered across the side seam of the trouser and with the top of the pocket flap set 8-1/2”below the waistband and 1/2” above the patch pocket. The pocket shall be constructed ofone ply of shell fabric. The outer pocket shall measure 8-1/2” long and 7-1/4” wide with 2vertical pleats. The pocket shall have square corners. The pocket flap shall be made of twoplies of shell fabric and one ply of interlining. The flap shall be angled and measure 2” widein front tapering up to 3” wide by 7-1/2” long. The flap shall secure to the outer pocket withtwo pieces of hook tape measuring 1” high by 1” wide sewn to the inner ply of the flap placed1/2” from side edge and 1/2” from top edge on each corner and corresponding pieces ofloop tape sewn to the outer pocket.

The left side shall have an internal equipment pocket measuring 6” high by 6” wide, tapering to 5” at the bottom. This pocket shall have an elasticized top hem & vertical bar-tacks on each top edge for reinforcement with a single needle vertical stitching thru' center dividing the pocket into two (2).

On the right shall be an internal cell phone pocket with elasticize top edge measuring 4-5/8” high by 4” wide.

FINISHING: Trousers are fully shaped on high temperature, high-pressure presses to eliminate wrinkles and form creases. Trousers meet the standard of the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists as follows:

Page 100: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

99

I. AATCC Test Method 124-1975 “Appearance of Durable Press Fabric After Repeated HomeLaunderings”.

II. AATCC Test Method 88B-1975 “Appearance of Seams in Wash and Wear Items After HomeLaunderings”.

III. AATCC Test method 88C-1975 “Appearance of Crease in Wash and Wear Items After HomeLaunderings”.

WORKMANSHIP: All trousers are made in an ISO 9000 certified plant and are inspected during manufacturing, at final trimming and packing to insure consistent quality and adherence to this specification.

WARRANTY: All trousers shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for one year.

LABELING: All trousers will bear all labels mandated by the Federal Trade Commission at the date of manufacture. All products must be cut and sewn in Mexico using US made components.

SIZING: Trousers are fully graded such that all vital dimensions change according to waist size. The grade applies not only to seat, front rise, back rise, and thigh measurements but also to the knee and bottom measurements. Additionally, the trousers shall be manufactured and stocked in three (3) separate rises, regular, long and short rise, each with their own grade designed to fit regular, long and short torsos.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: Waist sizes 28 - 52; Regular & Long

Women’s: Sizes 0 - 28; Short & Regular

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Regular Length, Waist Size 34:

1/2 Waist: 17.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) 1/2 Seat: 22.875 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) 1/2 Knee: 10.875 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) 1/2 Bottom Leg: 9 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) Inseam: 37 (plus or minus 0.50 inch) Front Rise: 9.25 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) Back Rise: 15.25 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) Women's: Regular Length, Size 10:

1/2 Waist: 16.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inch) 1/2 Seat: 21.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) 1/2 Knee: 10.375 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) 1/2 Bottom Leg: 9 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) Inseam: 35.75 (plus or minus 0.50 inch) Front Rise: 8.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inch) Back Rise: 13.125 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Page 101: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

100

CUSTOMIZATION: HEMMING TO BE INCLUDED IN COST

Page 102: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

101

MOUNTED PATROL BREECHES, MALE / FEMALE UNITED UNIFORM STYLE #10365 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10058327

MOUNTED PATROL BREECH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 103: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

102

FEATURES:

Fabric: 4-way stretch nylon / lycra blend

2 inch Flexgrip waistband with Snug-Tex

Tunnel belt loops

2 full top pockets

2 top-stitched hip pockets with optional flaps

2 top-stitched billy pockets

Straight bartacks at key stress points

Variety of braids available

French fly with heavy-duty YKK zipper

Split seam tailored construction

Double knee

Double reinforced seat

10 inch zippered leg gussets

Optional elastic stir-ups

SIZE CHART

Page 104: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

103

MOTORCYCLE PATROL BREECHES, MALE / FEMALE UNITED UNIFORM STYLE #10365 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10026479

MOTORCYCLE BREECH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 105: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

104

FEATURES:

Fabric: 4-way stretch nylon / lycra blend

2 inch Flexgrip waistband with Snug-Tex

Tunnel belt loops

2 full top pockets

2 top-stitched hip pockets with optional flaps

2 top-stitched billy pockets

Straight bartacks at key stress points

Variety of braids available

French fly with heavy-duty YKK zipper

Split seam tailored construction

Double knee

Double reinforced seat

10 inch zippered leg gussets

Optional elastic stir-ups

SIZE CHART

Page 106: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

105

TROUSERS, BDU, ACTIVE DUTY, MALE / FEMALE BLAUER STYLE #8561-1 / 8561W-1 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, DARK NAVY

MATERIAL #10056172

BLAUER BDU PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Men’s Size 34, Regular length.

Page 107: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

106

BASIC DESIGN

Blauer® style #8561. Color: Dark Navy. 11.5 – 12.0 Oz / Linear yard, 75/25% Polyester/Wool Serge Filling Stretch. Machine washable and dry cleanable blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care. (Color: Dark Navy). Interlining: 100% polyester. Active Duty trouser. Loose fitting through seat and thighs to allow unrestrained movement. Closed-seam construction. Dress uniform style. Two front “L” shaped quarter pockets. One hidden zipper pocket inside the wearer's left pocket. Two pleated style cargo side pockets with angled pocket flap. Hidden ammunition pocket inside left side pocket. Two hip pockets with button closure. Side spot elasticized waistband with double hook and loop front closure. Silicone shirt grip tape inside waistband. Waistband with belt loops inserted at the bottom and tacked to the top. Articulated knee design with darts and rear seam. Machine washable/dryable as well as dry cleanable.

CUSTOMIZATION: Hemming. The manufacturer shall be capable of providing all sizes for men and women, including any special size requirements. The manufacturer shall have a company representative or authorized dealer available to assist with the fittings of the garments at no additional cost.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE

Stock Sizes:

MALE: 28 - 56

FEMALE: 0 – 26

Page 108: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

107

MEASUREMENTS Regular Length Men's: Waist Size 36:

1/2 Waist (relaxed): 18.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Waist (stretched): 19.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Seat: 23.25 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Knee: 14.625 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Bottom Leg: 11.375 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Inseam: 37 (plus or minus 0.50 inches)

Out seam: 47.125 (plus or minus 0.50 inches)

Front Rise: 10.875 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Back Rise: 16.125 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Women's: Regular Length: Dress Size 12

1/2 Waist (relaxed): 19 (plus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Waist (stretched): 20 (plus 0.25 inches)

Seat: 23.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Knee: 10.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Bottom Leg: 9.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Inseam: 36 (plus or minus 0.50 inches)

Out seam: 44.25 (plus or minus 0.50 inches)

Front Rise: 9.625 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Back Rise: 13.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Page 109: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

108

BICYCLE PATROL WINTER PANTS, MALE / FEMALE MOCEAN STYLE #2050, #2050W OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10013841

BICYCLE WINTER PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 110: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

109

FEATURES:

Supplex® nylon w/Teflon HT® shell in front with X-Factor™ rear panels and cool mesh lining

Worn loose or snug fitting

'Varied Height- Elasticized Waist™' with a zipper fly (men's), drawcord adjuster and 'Floating Beltloops'

2-slashed hand pockets that allow easy access while wearing a duty belt

2-F.I. card pockets with Velcro® closures

1-pen pocket with two pen ports

1-back pocket with zipper closure and flap

Vented knees that allow air to circulate over heated muscles

Tapered legs reduce incessant flapping of fabric

Zippered cuffs provide a snug fit around the ankles

Double needle top stitching w/ bartacks on all stress points

Page 111: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

110

PROPPER BDU PANT, MALE / FEMALE PROPPER STYLE #F5205 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10014242

PROPPER BDU PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 112: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

111

FEATURES:

Battle Rip® 65% polyester / 35% cotton ripstop

Battle Rip® fabric is comfortable and durable

Fade-, shrink- and wrinkle-resistant

Felled inseams, outseams and seat seams

Adjustable waist tabs for secure fit

Reinforced seat and knee

Zipper fly with button closure

Six-pocket design (four with button flaps)

Two cargo pockets with button flaps

Two back pockets with button flaps

Drain holes in bellowed pockets

Fused pocket flaps for clean, professional look

Durable drawstring leg closures

Page 113: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

112

5.11 TACTICAL BDU PANT 5.11 TACTICAL TACLITE PRO STYLE #74273 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10054622

5.11 TACLITE PRO PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 114: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

113

FEATURES:

6.14 oz. ripstop, 65% polyester/35% cotton fabric

Fade and wrinkle-resistant

Teflon finish repels moisture, stains and dirt

Patented straps and trademark slash pockets

Welded pocket added to right side, parallel to magazine pocket

YKK zipper & Prym snaps

Diamond gusset added to the crotch for outstanding durability and flexibility

Double thick seat and knees

Machine wash and dry

Imported

Page 115: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

114

FLEET MECHANIC PANT RED KAP STYLE #PT62 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10055952

UTILITY PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Fabric: 8.5 oz. No-iron twill. Blend: 65% Polyester / 35% Cotton. Finish: soil release. Care: Home wash. Closure: Hook & eye closure, brass ratcheting zipper. Pocket: Two slack style front pockets, two set-in welted hip pockets. Waistband: Tubular waistband with adjustment outlet.

Page 116: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

115

BICYCLE PATROL SHORTS, MALE / FEMALE MOCEAN STYLE #1063C, 1063CW OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10013744

BICYCLE SHORT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 117: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

116

FEATURES:

Stretch Factor™ shell

8" Inseam

Static fit waist with back yoke, zipper fly, snap closure and 'Floating Beltloops™'

Gusseted crotch for ease of MOCEAN

2-J slashed pockets that allow easy access while wearing a duty belt

2-cargo pockets with gusset and Velcro'd® flap

2-back pockets with zipper closures and flaps

1-pen pocket with two pen ports

Double needle top stitching w/ bartacks on all stress points

Page 118: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

117

BDU RIPSTOP SHORTS, MALE / FEMALE BLAUER STYLE #8845, 8845W OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056187

BDU RIPSTOP SHORT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 119: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

118

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Ripstop Weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable wool blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6.50 oz.. per square yard, + or - .25 oz..

Warp Yarn: 20/1

Filling Yarn: 12.5/1

Tensile: 80 x 45

Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs.

Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0

Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0

TRIM:

Interlining: Polyester woven

Binding: Polyester/cotton bias cut

Waistband: Polyester/cotton, blend with single strip of silicone shirt grip

Fly zipper: Nylon coil #4.5 with auto lock slider

Snap: Prym style brass non-rusting

Buttons: Melamine, 22 ligne, matching shell fabric.

Page 120: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

119

INTERNAL CONSTRUCTION FABRIC: Pockets shall be:

Blend: 65% Dacron Polyester, 35% cotton

Weave: Twill

Weight: 5.2 oz/yd

Color: Dark Grey

Finish: Pre-cure permanent press

GENERAL DESIGN: Shorts with fly closure, has 11” inseam. A 2” wide waistband with back comfort elastic, silicone shirt grip tape inside, and standard belt loops. Bias cut Gusset at inner thigh/ crotch to provide additional comfort and 6-pockets.

WAISTBAND: The waistband shall finish 2" wide and shall be constructed of two plies of shell fabric, one ply of interlining, layer of tape with silicone bead stripe, and edge binding. The finished waistband in the trouser shall stretch at least 5" with side-spot elastic measuring 4”. There shall be one snap closure with flat back and covered cap. The woven interlining set vertically to the continuous single needle stitch from the setting of the fly.

BELT LOOPS: There are seven (7) belt loops on all size trousers up to and including waist 42” and 9 loops on waist sizes 44” and over. The belt loops shall be inserted into the waistband at the bottom, belly-tacked to the trouser body 3/4" down and tacked to the top of the waistband. Loops shall be 1" wide, have a 2-1/2" opening, and be constructed of two plies of shell fabric and one ply of fusible interlining butted on the reverse side and sewn with a double needle looping machine.

DARTS: There are two darts to shape the trouser. They shall be placed at the left and right back, extending down from the waistband to the center of each hip pocket.

SIDE FASTENER: Slide fastener (fly zipper) consists of Delrin coil self-healing hardware mounted on colorfast black blend nylon and cotton 7/16” tape, Coil size #5. Metal zippers which may break will not be accepted.

FLY CONSTRUCTION: The right inside fly is reinforced with internal construction fabric and 1/8” gauge top stitched along the entire exposed edge to insure shape retention for extended wear life. The left, outside fly is fully lined internally for shape retention. Right and left fly are joined together at the base of the fly. The joined fly forms a reinforcing tailpiece construction fully extending along the crotch seam to its intersection with leg inseams.

CROTCH AND SEAT ASSEMBLY: The crotch is formed below the fly at the intersection of the four body panels and the diamond-shaped gusset. To insure absolute seat seam integrity, the seat seam, which joins the left and right sides of the trousers, is double sewn by means of two needles each sewing stitch type 401,

Page 121: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

120

double locked stitch. The two needles sew in tandem to form closely adjacent alternating stitches totaling not less than 16 per inch. Seams, which expose thread to external abrasion, are unacceptable.

POCKETS: There are six (6) pockets assembled from internal construction fabric as follows:

I. Front: Quarter pocket style with L-shaped pockets slanting 1-3/4” from the top waistbandto 1” at the bottom at the side seam. Pockets shall be constructed of one piece of the specifiedpocketing material finishing approximately 7-1/4” wide at the bottom of the pocket opening and12” long from where the pocket is sewn into the waistband. Pockets will be over-edge stitched,turned and top-stitched for security and clean-finishing. There shall be a facing of shell fabricmaterial running from the side seam and waistband and into the pocket toward the bodymeasuring 4-5/8” wide at the waistband and tapering to 4" at the bottom of the pocket opening.There shall be a facing of shell fabric material on the inside of the pocket away from the bodymeasuring 1-3/4” wide. There shall be a straight bar tack across the top of the pocket opening ¼”down from the waistband and a straight bar tack across the bottom of the pocket opening centeredon the side seam for reinforcement.

Rear/Hip: Left and right besom type hip pockets shall be ½” overlapping double welt type with straight bar tacks set at each end of the pocket opening. The top and bottom pocket opening shall be topstitched. The finished pocket opening shall measure 5” and finished pocket depth shall be 6”. The finished pocket bag shall measure 6-3/4” wide and shall extend down 9” from where it is sewn into the waistband.

Side: There shall be side cargo patch pockets sewn to each outside leg such that the pocket is centered across the side seam of the trouser and with the top of the pocket flap set 2-1/2” below the bottom of the front quarter pocket. The pocket shall be constructed of one ply of shell fabric. The outer pocket shall measure 8-1/2” long and 7-1/4” wide. The pocket shall have square corners. The pocket flap shall be made of two plies of shell fabric and one ply of interlining. The flap shall be angled and measure 2” wide in front tapering up to 3” wide by 7-1/2” long. The flap shall secure to the outer pocket with two pieces of hook tape measuring 1” high by 1” wide sewn to the inner ply of the flap placed 1/2” from side edge and 1/2” from top edge on each corner and corresponding pieces of loop tape sewn to the outer pocket. There shall be a 2 pleat bellow pocket bag also shaped measuring 8” high in the front tapering to 7” in the back. The left side shall have an internal equipment pocket measuring 4-1/2” deep by 3-3/4” wide and an external cell phone pocket measuring 6-3/4” height by 5” width with 1/2” wide welt. On the right shall be a double equipment pocket with elasticize top edge measuring 6” deep by full width of pocket; divided in half by stitch.

HEM: 1" Self bend back bottom hem, clean finished with 1" single needle stitching thru'.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not

Page 122: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

121

more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. Stitch type 401 Tandem is used at a combined S.P.I. of 16. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching, All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

FINISHING: Trousers are fully shaped on high temperature, high-pressure presses to eliminate wrinkles and form creases. Trousers meet the standard of the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists as follows:

AATCC Test Method 124-1975 “Appearance of Durable Press Fabric After Repeated Home Launderings”.

AATCC Test Method 88B-1975 “Appearance of Seams in Wash and Wear Items After Home Launderings”.

AATCC Test method 88C-1975 “Appearance of Crease in Wash and Wear Items After Home Launderings”.

WORKMANSHIP: All trousers are made in an ISO 9000 certified plant and are inspected during manufacturing, at final trimming and packing to insure consistent quality and adherence to this specification.

WARRANTY: All trousers shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for one year.

LABELING: All trousers will bear all labels mandated by the Federal Trade Commission at the date of manufacture. All products must be cut and sewn in Mexico using US made components.

SIZING: Trousers are fully graded such that all vital dimensions change according to waist size. The grade applies not only to seat, front rise, back rise, and thigh measurements but also to the knee and bottom measurements. Additionally, the trousers shall be manufactured and stocked in three (3) separate rises, regular, long and short rise, each with their own grade designed to fit regular, long and short torsos.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: Regular Length: even waist sizes 28 - 54; odd sizes 29 – 37

Woman’s: Short & Regular Length: even sizes 2-28

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Regular Length, Waist Size 34:

1/2 Waist: 17.75 (plus or minus 0.5 inch)

1/2 Seat: 23 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

1/2 Thigh: 14.625 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

1/2 Bottom Opening: 11.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Inseam: 11 (plus or minus 0.50 inch)

Front Rise: 9.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Page 123: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

122

Back Rise: 9.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Woman's: Regular Length, Size 10:

1/2 Waist: 16.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

1/2 Seat: 21.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

1/2 Thigh: 13.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

1/2 Bottom Opening: 11 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Inseam: 9.5 (plus or minus 0.50 inch)

Front Rise: 8.625 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Back Rise: 9.75 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Page 124: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

123

5.11 TACLITE SHORTS 5.11 TACLITE PRO 11” SHORTS STYLE #73308 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10055310

5.11 TACLITE SHORT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Tough, lightweight, breathable 6.14 oz.65% polyester/35% cotton ripstop Fade and wrinkle resistant Teflon treated for spill and stain resistance Patented straps and trademark slash pockets Welded pocket added to right side, parallel to magazine pocket Diamond gusset added to the crotch for outstanding durability and flexibility Machine wash and dry Imported

Page 125: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

124

DRESS PANT, CLASSIFIED MALE/ FEMALE FLYING CROSS STYLE #47280 (MALE), 47280W (FEMALE) OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, DARK NAVY

MATERIAL #10027626

CLASSIFIED DRESS PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 126: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

125

MENS TROUSER SPECIFICATIONS

FABRIC: Raeford 05329-0SS-2851

Content: 75% Polyester/25% Wool

Weight: 12 oz. per linear yard

Weave: Serge

Color: LAPD Navy

STYLE: Trouser shall be manufactured from an up-to-date men’s uniform trouser pattern. The trouser styling shall be T-1: plain front, two (2) quarter top front pockets, and two (2) hip pockets professionally finished with no visible topstitching. Work wear industrial style construction is unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection.

LINING MATERIAL: The pocketing and fly lining material shall be 70% Polyester / 30% Cotton, 2.9 oz. per square yard (60" width) with a minimum 78 x 48 count. Pocketing must have a durable press finish and the color of the pocketing must be black.

FREEDOM-FLEX WAISTBAND SYSTEM: Trouser shall be made with a special Freedom-Flex Waistband System that will allow the wearer waist expansion of 2 1/2" to 3". The waistband shall measure a minimum of 1-7/8" wide when finished. The flexible expansion split portion of the waistband shall be to the front of the trouser side seam and there shall be a ¾-inch wide side belt loop positioned to ‘hide” the expansion split of the waistband.

Page 127: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

126

The waistband curtain shall consist of two different styles for maximum waistband expansion to enhance wearer comfort, fit, and appearance. The front of the trouser (to the expansion split) waistband curtain style shall consist of a 2-inch wide elastic section that incorporates Tru-Grip, a ½" surface area composed of thin 55 gauge rubber for maximum comfort and performance. The Tru-Grip acts to help keep shirts tucked in securely. (Use of a single silicone strip or strips instead of ½” wide rubberized surface area shall be cause for rejection.)

The back half of the trouser waistband curtain shall finish a minimum 2-1/8” wide and is to be made of black pocketing material and shall be attached to the top of the trouser with a zigzag stitch. The waistband curtain must also contain Tru-Grip and will line up with the Tru-Grip on the front of the expansion split. (Substitution of a silicone strip or strips in place of Tru-Grip shall not be acceptable and shall be cause for rejection.)

The waistband curtain is composed of a wet laid non-woven canvas weighing 3.3 oz. per square yard. The canvas is covered in the same color and material as the pocketing. The ½” rubberized surface area is positioned 1-¼" up from the bottom of the curtain.

The specifications for the rubberized Tru-Grip curtain are as follows:

Width: 1-1/8-inch

Warp: 300 Denier Texturized Polyester

Filling: 300 Denier Texturized Polyester

Rubber: 55 Gauge

Count: 32-36 yarns per inch

Contents: 59% Polyester/41% Rubber

To complete the Freedom-Flex Waistband System, there shall be a 1-1/4” wide elastic component sewn into the back half of the waistband curtain to allow for the stretch and recovery of the waistband to comfortably fit the wearer’s waist size. There shall be a bartack for strength and durability sewn at the stress point on the waistband where it joins the front elasticized waistband curtain joining stitching (positioned, on the waistband above the front pocket.)

Page 128: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

127

The waistband closure shall be accomplished with one crush proof hook and eye centered on the waistband for wearer comfort. The hook and eye shall be reinforced with a 7/8" non-woven tape that is anchored with topstitching through and through to the top of the waistband (bartacks in place of topstitching shall be cause for rejection). In addition to the stitching of the waistband when it is set onto the trouser, the waistband must also be topstitched below the waistband seam of the trouser to be finished to allow for alterations (with ample fabric and curtain material to allow trouser size to be increased at least one size). The outlet in the seat is to be proportional to the waist outlet so the seat may also be let out. Seat seam must be sewn with a tandem needle machine (double-needle stitch) for maximum stretch.

BELT LOOPS: There shall be a minimum of seven belt loops 3/4" in width of double thickness. Each loop must have a non-woven interlining for added durability. All loops (except back center) must be sewn into the top and bottom of the waistband ("dropped" belt loops that are tacked to the outside of the trouser all around waist shall be cause for rejection). The top of the belt loops (except back center) shall be sewn into the waistband curtain seam with a Rocap machine using a zigzag stitch. The bottom of the center back loop shall be tacked to the trouser and the top of the loop tacked to the outside of the waistband to allow for easier waist alteration.

FLY: Trouser shall have a brass metal zipper with memory lock brass slider secured by metal stopper at base. There shall be a French Fly tab closure on the inside of the right fly. The tab shall be double ply made of the basic trouser fabric (tabs made of pocketing material or a "grown on" French Fly will be cause for rejection). The right fly shall be lined with the same material and color as the pocketing. The fly lining shall be sewn to the left fly continuing below the zipper into the crotch area in a neat and durable manner. A button shall be located on the left fly corresponding with the French Fly tab to provide a clean and comfortable closure. Topstitching of fly to be installed with automatic “J” stitch equipment eliminating puckering and providing a clean finish. There shall be a firm straight bartack at the bottom of the fly going through the zipper tape for maximum strength. Bartack shall line up with starting point of “J” stitch.

Page 129: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

128

POCKETS: The two (2) front pockets will be quarter top style with a minimum opening of 7" and a minimum depth of 5-3/4" measured from the bottom of the opening. Front pockets to have firm straight bartacks at top and bottom of pocket openings. Pockets shall be constructed using the stitch, turn, and topstitch method. Front pocket facing and barrier to be made of the basic trouser fabric. Facing shall be a minimum of 1” and barrier shall measure a minimum of 2" (measured to the inside edge of pocket lining).

The two (2) hip pockets shall have a minimum 5-3/8" wide (bartack to bartack) opening and a minimum depth of 5-3/4 " measured from the bottom of the pocket opening. Hip pockets shall be constructed using the double welt method on an automatic welt machine. The welts shall be finished in such a manner that there is no topstitching (topstitched hip pockets shall be cause for rejection). The corners of the hip pocket openings shall have straight bartacks for reinforcement (use of triangular bartacks shall be cause for rejection). Hip pocket facing and barrier are to be made of basic trouser fabric. Facing shall be a minimum of 3/4” and the barrier shall be a minimum of 1-1/2". The left hip pocket shall have a centered tab made of basic cloth inserted into the top welt with bartacks at the top and bottom of the tab to form an opening for a button. A button shall be located below the bottom welt corresponding in location with the tab, which shall be interlined with non-woven for added durability. There shall be a dart centered above each hip pocket to waistband. Dart shall be approximately 2-3/4” long tapered from 3/8” at waistband and shall be installed with automatic equipment for a clean non-puckered finish.

The watch pocket shall be located on the right front at the waistband. This pocket shall have a minimum opening of 2-5/8” and a minimum depth of 2-7/8". The front of the pocket shall be made of pocketing fabric and the back of the pocket shall be made of basic fabric and the two pieces are securely stitched together. Each corner of the pocket opening shall have firm straight bartacks.

SEAT: Seat must be sewn with a Tandem Needle Machine (double-needle stitch) for maximum durability.

CREASES: The leg creases, front and back will have a silicone bead put in by using the Lintrak process.

STITCHING, PRESSING & FINISHING: Trouser must be stitched with matching thread. Trouser must be neatly pressed on Hothead Presses and properly shaped. Outseams and inseams are edge serged on automatic equipment for uniformity of quality and shall be pressed open for a smooth pucker-free finish with repeated cleaning and pressing. Trouser must be cleaned and finished to eliminate loose threads.

Page 130: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

129

STOCK SIZES: Trouser must be available from stock in the following sizes:

SHORT RISE: 28 - 42 (EVEN ONLY)

REGULAR RISE: 28 - 60 (EVEN ONLY OVER 38)

LONG RISE: 32 – 48 (EVEN ONLY)

LABELS: Trouser must have a permanent label providing care instructions and small woven label indicating waist size. A removable paper ticket showing the size, fabric content, cut number, and WPL or RN number must be on the outside of the waistband. Ticket to be matchbook style installed with plastic staples for easy removal without damaging trouser material and showing size when trousers are stacked.

Page 131: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

130

WOMENS TROUSER SPECIFICATIONS:

FABRIC: Raeford 05329-0SS-2851

Content: 75% Polyester/25% Wool

Weight: 12 oz. per linear yard

Weave: Serge

Color: (86) LAPD Navy

STYLE: Garment shall be manufactured from an up-to-date women’s ProX pattern for comfort and easier sizing. The trouser styling shall be T-1: plain front, two (2) quarter top front pockets, and two (2) hip pockets professionally finished with no visible topstitching. Work wear industrial style construction is unacceptable and shall be cause for rejection.

Page 132: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

131

LINING MATERIAL: The pocketing and fly lining material shall be 70% Polyester / 30% Cotton, 2.9 oz. per square yard (60" width) with a minimum 78 x 48 count. Pocketing must have a durable press finish and the color of the pocketing must be black.

FREEDOM-FLEX WAISTBAND SYSTEM: Trouser shall be made with a special Freedom-Flex Waistband System that will allow the wearer waist expansion of 2 1/2" to 3". The waistband shall measure a minimum of 1-7/8" wide when finished. The flexible expansion split portion of the waistband shall be to the front of the trouser side seam and there shall be a ¾-inch wide side belt loop positioned to ‘hide” the expansion split of the waistband.

The waistband curtain shall consist of two different styles for maximum waistband expansion to enhance wearer comfort, fit, and appearance. The front of the trouser (to the expansion split) waistband curtain style shall consist of a 2-inch wide elastic section that incorporates Tru-Grip, a ½" surface area composed of thin 55 gauge rubber for maximum comfort and performance. The Tru-Grip acts to help keep shirts tucked in securely. (Use of a single silicone strip or strips instead of ½” wide rubberized surface area shall be cause for rejection.)

The back half of the trouser waistband curtain shall finish a minimum 2-1/8” wide and is to be made of black pocketing material and shall be attached to the top of the trouser with a zigzag stitch. The waistband curtain must also contain Tru-Grip and will line up with the Tru-Grip on the front of the expansion split. (Substitution of a silicone strip or strips in place of Tru-Grip shall not be acceptable and shall be cause for rejection.)

The waistband curtain is composed of a wet laid non-woven canvas weighing 3.3 oz. per square yard. The canvas is covered in the same color and material as the pocketing. The ½” rubberized surface area is positioned 1-¼" up from the bottom of the curtain.

The specifications for the rubberized Tru-Grip curtain are as follows:

Width: 1-1/8-inch

Warp: 300 Denier Texturized Polyester

Filling: 300 Denier Texturized Polyester

Page 133: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

132

Rubber: 55 Gauge

Count: 32-36 yarns per inch

Contents: 59% Polyester/41% Rubber

To complete the Freedom-Flex Waistband System, there shall be a 1-1/4” wide elastic component sewn into the back half of the waistband curtain to allow for the stretch and recovery of the waistband to comfortably fit the wearer’s waist size. There shall be a bartack for strength and durability sewn at the stress point on the waistband where it joins the front elasticized waistband curtain joining stitching (positioned, on the waistband above the front pocket.)

The waistband closure shall be accomplished with one crush proof hook and eye centered on the waistband for wearer comfort. The hook and eye shall be reinforced with a 7/8" non-woven tape that is anchored with topstitching through and through to the top of the waistband (bartacks in place of topstitching shall be cause for rejection). In addition to the stitching of the waistband when it is set onto the trouser, the waistband must also be topstitched below the waistband seam of the trouser to be finished to allow for alterations (with ample fabric and curtain material to allow trouser size to be increased at least one size). The outlet in the seat is to be proportional to the waist outlet so the seat may also be let out. Seat seam must be sewn with a tandem needle machine (double-needle stitch) for maximum stretch.

BELT LOOPS: There shall be a minimum of seven belt loops 3/4" in width of double thickness. Each loop must have a non-woven interlining for added durability. All loops (except back center) must be sewn into the top and bottom of the waistband ("dropped" belt loops that are tacked to the outside of the trouser all around waist shall be cause for rejection). The top of the belt loops (except back center) shall be sewn into the waistband curtain seam with a Rocap machine using a zigzag stitch. The bottom of the center back loop shall be tacked to the trouser and the top of the loop tacked to the outside of the waistband to allow for easier waist alteration.

FLY:

Trouser shall have a brass metal zipper with memory lock brass slider secured by metal stopper at base. There shall be a French Fly tab closure on the inside of the right fly. The tab shall be double ply made of the basic trouser fabric (tabs made of pocketing material or a "grown on" French Fly will be cause for rejection). The right fly shall be lined with the same material and color as the pocketing. The fly lining shall be sewn to the left fly continuing below the zipper into the crotch area in a neat and durable manner. A button shall be located on the left fly corresponding with the French Fly tab to provide a clean and comfortable closure. Topstitching of fly to be installed with automatic “J” stitch equipment eliminating puckering and providing a clean finish. There shall be

Page 134: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

133

a firm straight bartack at the bottom of the fly going through the zipper tape for maximum strength. Bartack shall line up with starting point of “J” stitch.

SEAT: Seat must be sewn with a Tandem Needle Machine (double-needle stitch) for maximum durability.

POCKETS: The two (2) front pockets will be quarter top style with a minimum opening of 6" and a minimum depth of 4-1/2" measured from the bottom of the opening. Front pockets to have firm straight bartacks at bottom of pocket openings. Pockets shall be constructed using the stitch, turn, and topstitch method. Front pocket facing and barrier to be made of the basic trouser fabric. Facing shall be a minimum of 1” and barrier shall measure a minimum of 2" (measured to the inside edge of pocket lining).

The two (2) hip pockets shall have a minimum 5-3/8" wide (bartack to bartack) opening and a minimum depth of 5-3/4 " measured from the bottom of the pocket opening. Hip pockets shall be constructed using the double welt method on an automatic welt machine. The welts shall be finished in such a manner that there is no topstitching (topstitched hip pockets shall be cause for rejection). The corners of the hip pocket openings shall have straight bartacks for reinforcement (use of triangular bartacks shall be cause for rejection). Hip pocket facing and barrier to be made of basic trouser fabric. Facing shall be a minimum of 3/4” and the barrier shall be a minimum of 1-1/2”. The left hip pocket shall have a centered tab made of basic cloth inserted into the top welt with bartacks at the top and bottom of the tab to form an opening for a button. A button shall be located below the bottom welt corresponding in location with the tab, which shall be interlined with non-woven for added durability. There shall be a dart centered above each hip pocket to waistband. Dart shall be approximately 2-3/4” long tapered from 3/8” at waistband and shall be installed with automatic equipment for a clean non-puckered finish.

CREASES: The leg creases, front and back will have a silicone bead put in by using the Lintrak process.

STITCHING, PRESSING & FINISHING:

Page 135: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

134

Trouser must be stitched with matching thread. Trouser must be neatly pressed on Hothead Presses and properly shaped. Outseams and inseams are edge serged on automatic equipment for uniformity of quality and shall be pressed open for a smooth pucker-free finish with repeated cleaning and pressing. Trouser must be cleaned and finished to eliminate loose threads.

STOCK SIZES: Trouser must be available from stock in the following sizes:

SHORT RISE: 4 - 14 (EVEN ONLY)

REGULAR RISE: 2 - 26 (EVEN ONLY)

LABELS: Trouser must have a permanent label providing care instructions and small woven label indicating waist size. A removable paper ticket showing the size, fabric content, cut number, and WPL or RN number must be on the outside of the waistband. Ticket to be matchbook style installed with plastic staples for easy removal without damaging trouser material and showing size when trousers are stacked.

Page 136: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

135

DRESS PANT, COMMAND STAFF, MALE/ FEMALE BLAUER STYLE #8555T (MALE), 8555TW (FEMALE) OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, DARK NAVY

MATERIAL #10055989

CLASSIFIED DRESS PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Mens Size 34, Regular length.

FABRIC:

SHELL: Content: 75% Polyester/ 25% Wool Serge, Twill weave with +/-8% filling stretch. Machine washable and dry cleanable polyester provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Page 137: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

136

Physical Properties: Weight – 8.20-8.49 oz. per square yard

Ply of yarn – 2-ply Warp, Single ply filling

Tensile Strength – 150 Pounds in the Warp

130 Pounds in the Filling

Tear Strength – 2.5 Pounds in the Warp

2.5 Pounds in the Filling

Construction – 74 ends per inch, 66 picks per inch

Fiber Length – Worsted Wool: 3-3.5 inches average minimum

INTERNAL CONSTRUCTION for Pockets Waistband and fly lining shall be:

Blend: 65% Dacron Polyester, 35% cotton

Weave: Twill

Weight: 5.2 oz/yd.

Color: Dark Grey

Finish: Pre-cure permanent press

TRIM: Interlining: polyester non- woven

Fly zipper: YKK nylon coil #5 with auto lock slider; Color: Matching

Waistband: 2-1/2” wide Blauer branded elastic with two (2) rows of silicone shirt grip

Tunnel Elastic: 1” wide

Ban-Roll

Closure: Hook & Eye steel with Nickel finish

Buttons: melamine, four-hole, 22 ligne; Color: Matching

GENERAL DESIGN: Trouser has four (4) pockets, tunnel waistband, and zipper fly with hook-n-eye closure.

TUNNEL WAISTBAND: The tunnel style waistband finishes at 2" wide and is constructed of shell fabric, one-ply of interlining, 2-1/2” wide (Blauer) elastic with silicone shirt grip, 1” elastic, and ban roll. Construction consists of the front waistband tapering at both sides, and inserted into the back tunnel waistband, with 1” elastic band for stretch and control. Ban-Roll placed along the top edge will aid in a smooth shaping, allowing a clean fold of the shell fabric and clean waist appearance overall. Bar tacks are added at the wearers’ right front and back, back aligning to the darts and hidden underneath the belt loops, to control the tunnel elastic length; wearers’ left front elastic is controlled by the continuous J-stitch from the fly construction. On the inside, the waistband elastic offers a clean appearance and clean bottom edge with the two (2) rows of silicone preventing the uniform shirt from pulling out; all waistband measurements should have 3” allowance in the center

Page 138: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

137

back for alterations. Waist closure shall be by means of two (2) metal hook set – see Waist Closure section.

WAIST CLOSURE: Primary waist closure is a double hook and eye construction mounted on the waistband using rustproof nickel plated steel hardware as follows: Size #85 Eye with internal reinforcement plate and size #8 hook with internal reinforcement plate. Metal snaps which may become burred or crushed and cannot be replaced are unacceptable, as is single hook and eye construction.

In addition to Hook and Eye plates, the construction includes the additional internal reinforcement of 7/8” tape mounted between the plates and the body fabric to insure construction integrity for extended wear life.

Waist closure appearance is further guaranteed by mounting a #22 ligne, four-hole button with buttonhole on a fly tab closure, placed 1” below the waistband on the inside left within the fly construction. (*Women does not have a fly tab.)

FLY CONSTRUCTION: The right inside fly is reinforced with internal construction fabric and 1/8” gauge top stitched along the entire exposed edge to insure shape retention for extended wear life. The left, outside fly is fully lined internally for shape retention. Right and left fly are joined together at the base of the fly. The joined fly, forms a reinforcing tailpiece construction fully extending along the crotch seam to its intersection with leg inseams.

SIDE FASTENER (FLY ZIPPER): Delrin coil, self-healing zipper consists of locking type hardware mounted on colorfast blend of nylon and cotton, 7/16” tape.

BELT LOOPS: There are seven (7) belt loops on trouser sizes up to and including waist 45, nine (9) on sizes 46 through 60, and eleven (11) loops sizes 62” and over. Each loop shall have an opening fully 2-1/4” long and 1” wide, double needle stitched, and interlined with fusible. They shall be inserted into the waistband at the top and bottom, except the rear center loop which shall be folded & tacked top and bottom. Belt loop placement is specifically located to afford the cleanest of appearances along with proper functionality of the tunnel waistband. (*Quantity of belt loops changes per women sizing.)

DARTS: There are two (2) darts to shape the trouser. They shall be placed at the left and right back extending down from the waistband to the center of each hip pocket.

CROTCH AND SEAT ASSEMBLY: The crotch is formed below the fly at the intersection of the four body panels of the trousers as such: left front, right front, left rear, and right rear. The trouser is assembled to form this crotch by first sewing the left front to the left rear thus making the left side of the trouser, and the right front to the right rear to form the rights side. The left side of the trouser thus formed is then joined together to the right side by means of the seat seam. The trouser is not assembled by the alternate whole front to whole back method due to the unreliability of that method during extended wear life.

Page 139: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

138

SEAT CONSTRUCTION: To insure absolute seat seam integrity, the seat seam, which joins the left and right sides of the trousers, is double sewn by means of two (2) needles each, sewing stitch type 401, double locked stitch. The two needles sew in tandem to form closely adjacent alternating stitches totaling not less than 16 per inch. Seams, which expose thread to external abrasion, are unacceptable.

Extra fabric is allowed such that seat girth and waistband diameter may be expanded or decreased by the wearer during the trousers extended wear life. Flat felled seams do not allow for alteration and are unacceptable.

CROTCH REINFORCEMENT: The crotch intersection, which is the core of the trouser, shall be reinforced with quarter linings to absorb extreme stress over an extended wear life by the internal mounting of a reinforcement gusset formed by an extension of the tail of the fly. This gusset is mounted around its perimeter by stitch 301 such that it locks together the four panels of the trouser to absolutely eliminate any potential for crotch seam failure.

OUTLETS: Thigh outlets with the back side of the inseam shall measure 1” at the crotch and tapers to 3/8” at the knee.

LEG CONSTRUCTION: The legs are fully cut for ease of movement and assembled using stitch 515, four-thread safety stitch and also lock stitching creating a split seam construction allowing tapering of the inseam. There shall also be left and right let outs of approximately 1” for 7” at the inner thigh for alteration in which the waist fits correctly but the thigh is too tight for the wearer. Front and back legs shall have permanent resin (silicone) creases starting from bottom of front pocket to bottom hem.

POCKETS: There are four (4) pockets assembled from internal construction fabric as follows:

Front: Left and right 6-1/2” quarter top style opening with 11-1/4” depth. Opening to be bar-tack reinforced at top inside waistband and at bottom across side seam. Construction includes a second reinforcing layer or “Heel” at the bottom of each pocket not less than 2” deep. Pockets, including reinforcement “Heels” are assembled using an over-edge stitch, then turned and re-stitched by stitch 301 for absolute reliability for the life of the trouser.

Rear: Left and right besom type hip pockets with bottom welt construction openings 5” wide and 6” deep. Openings have triangle bar-tack reinforced at both ends. Both pocket openings include a tab and buttonhole to close the pocket; button is sewn onto the surface of the pant below the pocket opening.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. Stitch type 401 Tandem is used at a combined S.P.I. of 16. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching.

Page 140: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

139

All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

FINISHING: Trousers are fully shaped on high temperature, high-pressure presses to eliminate wrinkles and form creases. Trousers meet the standard of the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists as follows:

AATCC Test Method 124-1975 “Appearance of Durable Press Fabric After Repeated Home Launderings”.

AATCC Test Method 88B-1975 “Appearance of Seams in Wash and Wear Items After Home Launderings”.

AATCC Test method 88C-1975 “Appearance of Crease in Wash and Wear Items After Home Launderings”.

WORKMANSHIP: All trousers are made in an ISO 9000 certified plant and are inspected during manufacturing, at final trimming and packing to insure consistent quality and adherence to this specification.

WARRANTY: All trousers shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for one year.

LABELING: All trousers will bear all labels mandated by the Federal Trade Commission at the date of manufacture. All products must be cut and sewn in Mexico using US made components.

SIZING: Trousers are fully graded such that all vital dimensions change according to waist size. The grade applies not only to seat, front rise, back rise, and thigh measurements but also to the knee and bottom measurements. Additionally, the trousers shall be manufactured and stocked in three (3) separate rises, regular, long, and short rise, each with their own grade designed to fit regular, long, and short torsos.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: Regular Length: even waist sizes 28 - 56; odd sizes 31 - 37

Women's: Regular Length: even dress sizes 2 – 24

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Waist Size 34, Regular Length

1/2 Waist (Relaxed): 17.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inch)

Seat: 22.375 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

1/2 Knee: 10.625 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

1/2 Bottom Leg: 9 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Inseam: 37 (plus or minus 0.50 inch)

Front Rise: 10 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Back Rise: 15.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inch)

Page 141: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

140

Women's: Size 12, Regular Length

1/2 Waist (Relaxed): 17.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Waist (Stretched): 18.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Seat: 22.25 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Knee: 10.312 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

1/2 Bottom Leg: 8.875 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Inseam: 35.75 (plus or minus 0.50 inches)

Front Rise: 9.125 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Back Rise: 13.5 (plus or minus 0.25 inches)

Page 142: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

141

EXPLOSIVE DETECTION K9, PATROL K9 WINTER JACKET BLAUER TACSHELL STYLE #9820 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10057217

K9 WINTER JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Unisex Size Large, Regular length.

Page 143: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

142

FABRIC:

Ripstop 3 Layer laminate consisting of nylon (shell), waterproof breathable membrane, and tapeable tricot backer

10,000 mm waterproofness

10,000 g/m = 124 hours of moisture, vapor transmission.

Dobby- 2L- Dobby w/1000mm clear coating.

TRIM: Eyelets: 8mm aluminum. Color: black

Hook and loop: Woven nylon base. Color: black

Reflective trim: 1 inch wide, silver crosswalk.

Seam tape: Waterproof seam-sealing tape compatible with the permanent waterproof-breathable lining unchanged after minimum 12 home laundry cycles 1-1/2” and 2cm widths. Color: grey

Snaps: 15-ligne plastic style for collar/hood. 20-ligne prong style with closed backs, gunmetal finish onbrass, heavy-duty closure, with 24-ligne nylon cap for front storm-flies and side tabs. Color: Black(All snaps must be Universal Fastener brand)

Brushed Pocketing: 100% Polyester brushed tricot. Color: black

ZIPPERS: YKK brand quality; lengths specified are for size L/Reg; Color: Black unless specified

Front: Vislon, one way, double pull; size #5, 27-3/4.

Liner: Vislon, One-way, Separating, Reversible MUSI zipper with double pull; size #5, 25-1/2”.

Sleeve underarm: coil, one way; size #5, 10”.

Side seam: coil, one way; size #5, 11.5”.

Napoleon Pocket: coil, one way; size # 3, 7”.

Collar (hood storage): coil, one way; size #3, 14”.

COLLAR: There shall be a sport style collar with zipper extending to the top. The collar shall be made of two layers of shell fabric and one of non-woven interlining with a 1" by 8" strip of crosswalk reflective centered on back of collar. Collar zipper opening shall measure 14”. The collar and stand will lay flat and be shaped to the neck without gapping or puckering. The collar will comfortably fit around the wearer’s neck and come short of the chin. There shall be a 2” by 3/8” hanger loop attached to the back of the collar and a garment label on the inside collar.

Page 144: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

143

HOOD: There shall be a detachable hood made of 1-ply Dobby weave fabric. 3-pcs hood with front visor detail, unlined. There is an elastic draw cord with cord lock for hood opening and circumference adjustment. Hood width measures 23-3/4”. Hood detaches using separating zipper and 4 snaps spaced evenly apart to bottom flange of collar pouch opening.

SLEEVES: Sleeves are shaped two-piece style. There is a sleeve patch made of 1 ply dobby fabric with a 10” zipper to allow access to the shell for emblems and other customization. The cuffs measure 2” in width, half elastic and half not, and to fasten with a 3-3/4” x 1” hook and loop tab. Cuffs are to be interlined with non-woven and elastic to retain its shape. Cuff opening shall be 5-1/4” folded and consist of 1" wide by 5-1/2" long crosswalk reflective tape applied to underside portion of cuff.

FRONTS: Jacket fronts shall be well one-piece, shaped, and symmetrical (balanced) with top and under stormflies. Top stormfly is constructed of 1 ply dobby, 1 ply ripstop, 1 ply interlining. Under stormfly constructed of 2 ply dobby, 1 ply interlining. Bottom stormfly turned up approximately 3/8" and secured with seven (7) bar-tacks to form a "Rain Gutter". Hidden female snaps set to top stormfly 3/4" from front edge (to center of snap). Male snaps set to bottom stormfly through all layers 1" from front edge (to center of snap). Front zipper set at top of collar and 1/8" above hem. Zipper facing consists of 1 ply dobby folded back hemmed edge, behind zipper of zip-out liner. Liner zipper set 1/2" down from top of collar with zipper pull on wearer's left side.

FRONT YOKE: Front yoke consist of 1 ply dobby with 1" hem. There shall be an opening at bottom edge of yoke measuring approximately 6-1/2”. There shall be a piece of hook 5/8” wide by 2” long centered on underside of yoke at bottom edge. Corresponding piece of loop 1-1/2” wide by 3 ½” long sewn to front of jacket.

HEM: Back hem shall consist of draw cord and cord lock. Hem shall measure 1 ¼”.

SIDE OPENINGS: There shall be side openings on both sides for access to equipment. The zippered opening will be 11-1/2” long and use a coil #5 coil zipper opening from bottom to top. There shall be an elasticizedsnap tab with female Prym style snap and cap and Prym style snaps male snaps on each side of thezipper for closure and storage of the snap tab. The tab will hold front and rear portions of thejacket closed around equipment when the zipper is in the up position.

POCKETS AND FLAPS: Front pocket flaps consist of 1 ply dobby and 1 ply ripstop. Side openings secured with horizontal and vertical bartacks at opening ends. Flaps shall measure 7-3/8” wide, 3” high at center of flap, and 2-1/4” at sides. Pocket shall measure 6-3/4” wide by 8-1/4” long (including flap) and have 1/2" inverted pleat at center of pocket, and mitered bottom corners. Pockets close with snaps. Pocket Flaps secured with horizontal bar-tacks at top corners, measure minimum of 3/8" (1 cm). Hidden Napoleon pocket on wearer’s left only with zipper closure consists of 1 ply tricot/mesh material.

Page 145: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

144

BADGE TAB: There shall be a badge tab made from 2 plies of shell fabric with 2 eyelets. Badge tab measures 7/8” wide and 2-1/2” long and be sewn onto body. Eyelets shall be 8mm in size of metal material and should measure 1-3/8” from center to center.

NAME TAB: Name tab made of 2 ply ripstop measuring 7/8” wide by 4" long. Name tab shall be placed in polybag and swifttacked to badge tab with Blauer hangtag.

MIC TAB: Mic tab made of 2 ply ripstop measuring 7/8” wide by 2-1/4” long and centered on top stormfly.

SHOULDER STRAPS/EPAULETS: The shoulder straps shall be topstitched 1/16” from the edge and be pointed at the end toward the neck of the jacket where both points shall be tacked. Epaulets measure 2” at shoulder and 1-5/8” at point. The other end shall be sewn in the sleeve and measure 2” wide. The length is to be graduated conforming to the size of the jacket. The strap shall be box and cross-stitched to the shoulder approximately 1-1/4” from the sleeve head seam, leaving enough room for a detachable mic to feed through it. There shall be a stitched eyelet hole near the pointed end for fastening of a uniform metal button using a cotter pin.

BACK YOKE: Back yoke made of 1 ply dobby with 1" hem. There shall be an opening at bottom edge of yoke measuring approximately 12-3/8”. Opening securely bartacked at opening ends and consist of hook 5/8” wide by 5” long centered on underside of yoke at bottom edge. Corresponding piece of loop 1-1/2" wide by 8" long sewn to back of jacket.

FRONT PULL DOWN PANEL: There shall be 2 front pull down panels made of 2 ply dobby and 1 ply interlining. Panels shall have a piece of hook 5/8” wide by 3-1/2” long and a piece of loop 5/8” wide by 2” long.

BACK PULL DOWN PANEL: There shall be a pull down panel for the back yoke consist of 2 ply dobby and 1 ply interlining. Panel shall have a piece of hook 5/8” wide by 7-1/2” and a piece of loop 5/8” wide by 5” long.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be located behind size label.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Jacket shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

UNISEX SIZING: Short: XS - XL

Regular: XS - 6XL

Tall: M - 6XL

MEASUREMENTS Size: M, Regular length

Page 146: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

145

Chest: 49.5 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 26.75 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve from CB Neck: 36 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: HPD K9 ON BACK IN SCOTCHLITE, NAME PATCH FRONT RIGHT, APPROPRIATE BADGE PATCH FRONT LEFT, HPD EMBLEMS ON SHOULDERS, APPROPRIATE RANK ON SLEEVES OR COLLAR. ALL CUSTOMIZATION TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 147: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

146

EXPLOSIVE DETECTION K9, PATROL K9, WINTER JACKET LINER BLAUER SOFTSHELL STYLE #4660 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056166

K9 WINTER JACKET LINER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Unisex Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 148: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

147

FABRIC:

Outshell content:

88% Nylon, 12% Spandex with a durable water repellant and soil release finish.

Softshell Fleece (laminated to inside): 50% Polyester, 44% Nylon, 6% Spandex.

Shall be deep color reactive dyed, colorfast to home laundering, and have a permanent press finish.

Shrinkage: +/-3% for torque and +/-7% for length & width Weight – 310 GSM

OTHER: Pocketing: Brushed 100% Polyester 2 x 1 Twill

Interlining: Non-fusible Pellon

TRIM: Zippers, all YKK brand: Center Front size #5, YKK MUZI, one-way

Front Pocket & Napoleon pocket size #3, nylon coil, one-way

Side Vents #5, nylon coil, one-way closed end

Snaps: For Side tabs, metal with firm action, size 20L with 24L nylon cap; Color: Black

Elastic: Spandex 1” knitted; Color: Black

Tricot Mesh: For zipper binding, 100% polyester; Color: Black

Grosgrain Ribbon: 1/2” & 3/4” widths; Color: Black

GENERAL DESIGN: Jacket with front MUSI zipper, to work with Blauer System Outerwear. Vertical single welt hip pockets with zipper closure and Napolean pocket on wearer's left. Side front zipper openings for equipment access. Set-in one piece sleeve with partial elasticized cuff and stand up collar with CF zipper closure to top collar edge.

Page 149: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

148

COLLAR: Stand up collar style with zipper closure to top of collar. The collar consists of two layers of self-fabric and two layers of fusible tricot for reinforcement and structural integrity. The inner collar-joining seam will be clean finished to protect the wearer’s neck from a rough seam edge. The collar will lay flat and be shaped to the neck without gapping or puckering. When turned up the collar will comfortably fit around the wearer’s neck and come short of the chin. There shall be a 2” by 3/8” hanger loop attached to the back of the collar and a garment label on the inside collar.

SLEEVES: To be straight one-piece set in style with 1” cuffs of self-fabric and lined with 7/8” elastic. The inseam shall be safety stitched. Ribbon loop 1/2” wide by 1-1/4” long is centered over sleeve underarm seam above bottom hem stitch for attachment to Shell System outer jacket. Cuff hem shall finish with 1-3/16” facing of shell fabric and underside of cuff shall be elasticized with 1" elastic.

FRONT: The front shall be two-piece and shall have a full zip opening from top of collar to bottom hem. The #5 Vislon molded tooth YKK zipper shall be exposed type with a rounded wide pull. The top curved yoke shall measure 10 inches from the shoulder/neck seam junction and shall curve down towards bottom hem with top stitching. There shall be lower vertical side opening zippers covered by welt seam to allow easy access to wearer equipment. Zippers shall be clean finished with tricot binding to edges. The bottom hem shall be turn up style 1-1/4” with 7/8” washable and dry cleanable elastic set into and clean finished. The bottom hem will stretch no less than 20%.

SIDE OPENINGS: There shall be side openings on both sides for access to equipment measuring 11-1/2” long. Zippers shall be clean finished with tricot binding to edges. There shall be an elasticized tab that measures 3" x 1" with male snap and female snaps with cap on waistband placed 1-3/4" away from zipper center on both side of opening.

POCKETS: Has two (2) lower welt pockets made of Softshell fabric and 1 ply interlining with zipper closure. Side pockets opening towards side seam on slight angle and measures 7”. There shall be a zippered napoleon pocket on wearer left side open towards center front measuring 6” (regular length). Pocket bags constructed with 1 layer brushed flannel fabric and 1 layer tricot. Zippers close from bottom to top.

BACK: Back curved yoke and center panel consist of 1 ply softshell fleece fabric. Back yoke seaming with top stitching has same curve to hem as front. Bottom hem shall finish with 1-1/16” facing of shell fabric and back of hem shall be elasticized with 1" elastic.

SHOULDERS: Set in style with slight drop for increased range of motion and comfort. Shoulder sleeve shall be top stitched for strength.

Page 150: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

149

ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS: The jacket shall come with two (2) epaulets, a name tab, two (2) mic tabs, and a badge tab; all made of shell fabric and shall be shipped in a small polybag that is swift tagged with the hangtags to the front of the jacket.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

LABELS: Labeling shall be located inside of collar and shall list size, care, content, and country of origin.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Jacket shall be carefully pressed and folded. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Unisex: Short, Regular, & Tall: XS – 4XL

MEASUREMENTS Unisex: Regular length: Size Medium

Chest: 49.5 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 25 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length From CB Neck: 34 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: Emblems:

Agency emblem sewn onto each sleeve; standard placement at 1” below shoulder seam unless specified by agency

Corporal and Sergeant chevrons specific to rank sewn on each sleeve; standard placement of ½” below agency shoulder emblem unless specified by agency

Epaulets/Shoulder Straps:

The shoulder strap shall be two-layer and topstitched 1/16” from the edge and be pointed at the end toward the neck of the shirt. The other end shall measure 2” wide and be sewn into the sleeve and taper to 1-3/8” wide. The length is to be graduated conforming to the size of the jacket. The strap shall be box & cross stitched to the shoulder approximately 2” from the sleeve head seam. Shoulder straps are to have functional buttonhole to attach to sewn button on the shoulder of the shirt.

Additional components of name tab (first initial, last name) on front right, HPD K9 UNIT above name, mic tab, and badge tab, applied as per standard placement unless requested otherwise by agency

Page 151: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

150

HPD K9 ON BACK IN SCOTCHLITE ALL CUSTOMIZATION TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE OF ITEM.

Page 152: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

151

BLAUER WINTER JACKET LINER BLAUER SOFTSHELL STYLE #4660 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10058375

BLAUER WINTER JACKET LINER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Unisex Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 153: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

152

FABRIC:

Outshell content:

88% Nylon, 12% Spandex with a durable water repellant and soil release finish.

Softshell Fleece (laminated to inside): 50% Polyester, 44% Nylon, 6% Spandex.

Shall be deep color reactive dyed, colorfast to home laundering, and have a permanent press finish.

Shrinkage: +/-3% for torque and +/-7% for length & width Weight – 310 GSM

OTHER: Pocketing: Brushed 100% Polyester 2 x 1 Twill

Interlining: Non-fusible Pellon

TRIM: Zippers, all YKK brand: Center Front size #5, YKK MUZI, one-way

Front Pocket & Napoleon pocket size #3, nylon coil, one-way

Side Vents #5, nylon coil, one-way closed end

Snaps: For Side tabs, metal with firm action, size 20L with 24L nylon cap; Color: Black

Elastic: Spandex 1” knitted; Color: Black

Tricot Mesh: For zipper binding, 100% polyester; Color: Black

Grosgrain Ribbon: 1/2” & 3/4” widths; Color: Black

GENERAL DESIGN: Jacket with front MUSI zipper, to work with Blauer System Outerwear. Vertical single welt hip pockets with zipper closure and Napolean pocket on wearer's left. Side front zipper openings for equipment access. Set-in one piece sleeve with partial elasticized cuff and stand up collar with CF zipper closure to top collar edge.

Page 154: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

153

COLLAR: Stand up collar style with zipper closure to top of collar. The collar consists of two layers of self-fabric and two layers of fusible tricot for reinforcement and structural integrity. The inner collar-joining seam will be clean finished to protect the wearer’s neck from a rough seam edge. The collar will lay flat and be shaped to the neck without gapping or puckering. When turned up the collar will comfortably fit around the wearer’s neck and come short of the chin. There shall be a 2” by 3/8” hanger loop attached to the back of the collar and a garment label on the inside collar.

SLEEVES: To be straight one-piece set in style with 1” cuffs of self-fabric and lined with 7/8” elastic. The inseam shall be safety stitched. Ribbon loop 1/2” wide by 1-1/4” long is centered over sleeve underarm seam above bottom hem stitch for attachment to Shell System outer jacket. Cuff hem shall finish with 1-3/16” facing of shell fabric and underside of cuff shall be elasticized with 1" elastic.

FRONT: The front shall be two-piece and shall have a full zip opening from top of collar to bottom hem. The #5 Vislon molded tooth YKK zipper shall be exposed type with a rounded wide pull. The top curved yoke shall measure 10 inches from the shoulder/neck seam junction and shall curve down towards bottom hem with top stitching. There shall be lower vertical side opening zippers covered by welt seam to allow easy access to wearer equipment. Zippers shall be clean finished with tricot binding to edges. The bottom hem shall be turn up style 1-1/4” with 7/8” washable and dry cleanable elastic set into and clean finished. The bottom hem will stretch no less than 20%.

SIDE OPENINGS: There shall be side openings on both sides for access to equipment measuring 11-1/2” long. Zippers shall be clean finished with tricot binding to edges. There shall be an elasticized tab that measures 3" x 1" with male snap and female snaps with cap on waistband placed 1-3/4" away from zipper center on both side of opening.

POCKETS: Has two (2) lower welt pockets made of Softshell fabric and 1 ply interlining with zipper closure. Side pockets opening towards side seam on slight angle and measures 7”. There shall be a zippered napoleon pocket on wearer left side open towards center front measuring 6” (regular length). Pocket bags constructed with 1 layer brushed flannel fabric and 1 layer tricot. Zippers close from bottom to top.

BACK: Back curved yoke and center panel consist of 1 ply softshell fleece fabric. Back yoke seaming with top stitching has same curve to hem as front. Bottom hem shall finish with 1-1/16” facing of shell fabric and back of hem shall be elasticized with 1" elastic.

SHOULDERS: Set in style with slight drop for increased range of motion and comfort. Shoulder sleeve shall be top stitched for strength.

Page 155: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

154

ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS: The jacket shall come with two (2) epaulets, a name tab, two (2) mic tabs, and a badge tab; all made of shell fabric and shall be shipped in a small polybag that is swift tagged with the hangtags to the front of the jacket.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

LABELS: Labeling shall be located inside of collar and shall list size, care, content, and country of origin.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Jacket shall be pressed and folded. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Unisex: Short, Regular, & Tall: XS – 4XL

MEASUREMENTS Unisex: Regular length: Size Medium

Chest: 49.5 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 25 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Sleeve Length From CB Neck: 34 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE LOGO ON BACK IN SCOTCHLITE, HOUSTON POLICE SHOULDER EMBLEMS ON EACH SLEEVE, NAME DIRECTLY EMBROIDERED ON COAT WITH FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME, RANK AS APPROPRATE ON SLEEVES OR COLLARS. ALL CUSTOMIZATION TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE OF ITEM.

Page 156: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

155

BICYCLE PATROL ACTIVE DUTY JACKET BLAUER HI VIS ACTIVE DUTY JACKET STYLE #4670 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, HI-VIS YELLOW/BLACK

MATERIAL #10056167

BICYCLE PATROL JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 157: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

156

FABRIC:

Polyester soft shell fleece and nylon/polyester soft shell fleece with stretch. Dobby: 100% Nylon water repellent treated and highly breathable (no membrane)Tactel Ripstop with DWR, 70D X 160D Honeycomb print with DWR (Color: Black)

TRIM: Interlining: 100% polyester non-woven. Brushed Pocketing: 2X1 twill, 100% Polyester fill, Polyester/Rayon warp. Reflective Trim:2” wide Scotchlite Comfort Trim®. Elastic: 1” knitted elastic (dry cleanable)

ZIPPERS: Zippers: Front Zipper: vislon, one-way separating, size #5, 25 ½”. Pocket Zippers: nylon coil, size #3, 7”. Side Zippers: nylon coil, size #5, 11 ½”. (Zipper lengths specified are for size L/Reg, Color: black)

COLLAR: There shall be a sport style collar with zipper extending to the top. The collar shall be made of 1 ply fleece, 1 ply interlining, 1 ply brushed fabric, with 1/2" binding in shell fabric. Collar height at center back shall measure 3 ¼”. The collar will lay flat and be shaped to the neck without gapping or puckering. When turned up the collar will comfortably fit around the wearer’s neck and come short of the chin. There shall be a 2” by 3/8” hanger loop attached to the back of the collar and a garment label on the inside collar.

SLEEVES: There shall be a 6-piece set in sleeve with color blocking and reflective tape. Upper back sleeve and lower front sleeve are constructed from black fleece fabric. Upper front and lower back sleeve constructed with hi vis fabric. Ribbon loop ½” wide by 1 ¼” long is centered over sleeve underarm seam above bottom hem stitch for attachment to 9820 Jacket. Cuff hem shall finish with 1 3/16” facing of shell fabric and underside of cuff shall be elasticized with 1" elastic.

FRONTS: Front yoke and lower panels consist of 1 ply Softshell fleece fabric. Zipper shall be clean finished with tricot binding to center front edge. Hem shall finish with 1 3/16” facing of shell fabric.

SIDE OPENINGS: There shall be side openings on both sides for access to equipment measuring 11 ½” long. There shall be an elasticized tab that measures 3" x 1" with male snap and female snaps with cap on waistband placed 1 3/4" away from zipper center on both side of opening.

Page 158: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

157

POCKETS: To have two (2) lower welt pockets made of Softshell fabric and 1 ply interlining with zipper closure. Side pockets opening towards side seam on slight angle and measures 7”. There shall be a zippered napoleon pocket on wearer left side open towards center front measuring 6” (regular length). Pocket bags constructed with 1 layer brushed flannel fabric and 1 layer tricot. Zippers close from bottom to top.

BADGE TAB: There shall consist of 1 ply of woven shell fabric and folded in half and 1 ply of interlining or adhesive webbing with 2 eyelets. It should measure 7/8” wide and 3 ½” long. Eyelets centered on badge tab and spaced 1 3/8” apart center to center. Badge tab shall be placed in polybag and swift tagged to jacket.

MIC TABS: Mic tabs shall consist of 1 ply of woven shell fabric folded in half and 1 ply of interlining or adhesive webbing. Mic tabs shall measure 7/8” wide and 3 ½” long. 2 mic tabs shall be placed with badge tab in polybag and swift tagged to jacket.

REFLECTIVE TRIM: Heatseal scotchlite comfort trim applied to: Above front and back yoke seam continue down to sleeve and around the elbow line. Chest reflective trim applied 1/8” above yoke seam. Trim minimum width: 2” for ANSI Class II.

BACK: Back yoke and lower panels consist of 1 ply softshell fleece fabric. Ribbon loop 3/4" wide double folded to finish 3/8” wide by 2 ¾” long below center back neck seam. There shall be 1" elasticized hem.

SIZES: Permanent size marking to be located inside of collar.

ANSI AND CARE LABEL: ANSI labels shall be placed inside the jacket on the left pocket horizontal and stitched down. Small ANSI label placed on wearer's left sleeve on back seam, 3" above cuff edge. Care label placed at neck seam.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shall be pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

UNISEX SIZING: Regular: XS - 6XL

Tall: M - 6XL

MEASUREMENTS Regular length: Size: M

Chest: 48.5 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Sleeve from CB Neck: 34 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Back Length: 25.5 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Page 159: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

158

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE logo on the back, badge emblem and shoulder emblems

Page 160: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

159

BLAUER SUPERLIGHT PATROL JACKET BLAUER SUPERLIGHT PATROL JACKET STYLE #9815 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10056188

BLAUER JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 161: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

160

FABRIC:

100% Nylon 40D warp, 40D fill with plain mini ripstop weave. 3 layer durable water repellant finish. Waterproof, windproof, and breathable construction. Weight: 170g/Yd2 (Color: see specified garment color).

SEAM TAPE: Waterproof seam-sealing tape (2CM width) compatible with the permanent waterproof-breathable film and tricot. (Color: grey).

TRIM: Eyelets: 8mm aluminum. (Color: black)

Reflective trim: ½” inch wide, silver crosswalk.

Snaps: Prym style snaps, gunmetal finish. 24L plastic cap for side waist tabs and back snaps, concealed without cap for front storm fly closure. 15L plastic (collar for optional hood).

Buttons: 24L metal ‘P’ shank buttons with pin for epaulets and pocket flaps, 15mm P-button w/ 20mm Clip, Nickel color with Nickel Free Matte Black finish.

Napoleon pocket: 3-ply tricot membrane laminate.

Cordlocks: 1 for bottom and elastic cording for bottom.

Molded cuff tab closure on sleeve hems.

Hook and loop: Woven nylon base. (Color: black)

1/2" wide for napoleon pocket

5/8" wide for chest pocket flaps

7/8" wide for cuff closures

Page 162: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

161

Grosgrain ribbon: 1/4" for bottom cord lock hold

3/8" for hood cord lock

5/8" wide for bottom elastic loop from cord-lock

5/8" wide for cuffs and center back neck snap tab (lining)

3/4" wide (folded into 3/8") for center back hanging loop

ZIPPERS: YKK #5 Vislon separating zipper for center front closure with zipper pull tab.

YKK #5 Coil close end zipper for side front vent opening.

YKK #5 Vislon, one-way, separating MUSI zipper, reversible single slider with double pulls, for lining attachment.

Color: Black

DESIGN: Shall be waterproof by design with the ability to accept a variety of stand alone insulation liners. Waist length with set in sleeves off the shoulders for east of movement. Shirt style design outwear jacket shell.

COLLAR: There shall be a funnel style collar with zipper extending to the top. The collar shall be made of two layers of shell fabric and one of non-woven interlining. Collar measures 3 ¼” at center front and center back. There shall be a 2 3/4” by 3/8” hanger loop attached to the back of the collar and a garment label on the inside collar.

SLEEVES: Sleeves are to be shaped two-piece style. Cuffs shall be constructed with 1-ply shell fabric self-folded with 1-ply interlining. The cuffs to measure 1 3/4” in width and to fasten with molded cuff tab (with loop) for cuff opening adjustment. Cuff opening shall measure 11 1/2” and consist of 1" wide by 5" long crosswalk reflective tape applied to underside portion of cuff (Size M), for night time visibility. There shall be 5/8" wide double ply grosgrain ribbon with snap closure stitched into cuff at underarm seam for optional liner attachment, snap tab to finish 2" long.

FRONTS: Jacket fronts shall be well one-piece, shaped, and symmetrical (balanced) with top and under stormflies. Stormflies constructed of 2 ply shell fabric and 1 ply interlining. Under stormfly shall have 3/8” fold back to make a rain gutter with 7 bar tacks. Hidden female snaps shall be set to the top stormfly 3/4" from front edge (to center of snap). Male snaps shall be set to bottom stormfly through all layers. Front zipper set to start 1/4" from Top edge of collar to bottom hem edge. Liner zipper stitched with front zipper at joining seam. There shall be a triangle facing covering the top of the liner zipper.

BACK: Back shall be two pieces with back yoke consisting of 1 ply shell with 1/4" double needle topstitching. There shall be back princess seaming set between yoke and waist seams.

Page 163: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

162

HEM: Back hem shall be a separate shell fabric facing with single needle top-stitching through all layers, 1-1/2" from bottom hem edge. There shall be a back drawcord with cord-lock stopper/holder atback waist only.

SIDE OPENINGS: There shall be side openings on both sides for access to equipment. The zippered opening will be 11” long and use a coil #5 zipper opening from bottom to top. There shall be a snap tab with female Prym style snap and cap and Prym style snaps male snaps on each side of the zipper for closure and storage of the snap tab. The tab will hold front and rear portions of the jacket closed around equipment when the zipper is in the up position.

POCKETS AND FLAPS: Front pocket flaps shall be mitered corners with 1 ½” center pleat. Pockets shall measure 6” wide, 6 ½” at center, and 5 ½” at sides. Flaps shall consist of 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining, and measures 6 1/4” wide, 2 3/4” high at center of flap, and 2 ½” at sides. Pocket Flaps secured with horizontal bartacks at top corners, measure minimum of 3/8" (1 cm).

NAPOLEON POCKET: There shall be a napoleon pocket on wearer's left concealed under top stormily with 1/4" wide single welt construction, with hook and loop closure. Pocket opening shall measure 7”.

There shall be a grosgrain ribbon folded in half to form tab, clean finished into pocket welt seam.

SLASH POCKETS: There shall be a slanted welt pocket on each front with a concealed center snap closure clean finished with 1" wide overlapping double welt construction.

BADGE TAB: There shall be a badge tab made from 2 plies of shell fabric and 1 ply interlining with 2 eyelets. Badge tab measures 7/8” wide and 2 ½” long and be sewn onto body. Eyelets shall be 8mm in size of metal material and should measure 1 3/8” from center to center.

NAME TAB: Name tab made of 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining, measuring 7/8” wide by 4" long. Name tab shall be placed in polybag and swifttacked to badge tab with Blauer hangtag.

MIC TAB: Mic tab made of 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining measuring 7/8” wide by 2 ¼” long and centered and vertically placed 6 3/4" below top edge of storm fly.

EPAULETS: The epaulets shall be made of 2 ply shell and 1 ply interlining. Epaulets shall be topstitched 1/16” from the edge and be pointed at the end toward the neck of the jacket where both points shall be tacked. Epaulets measure 1 7/8” at shoulder and 1 1/2” at point. Epaulets shall be placed ½” from neckline seam. The length is to be graduated conforming to the size of the jacket. The strap shall be box and cross-stitched to the shoulder approximately 1 ¼” from the sleeve head seam, leaving enough room for a detachable mic to feed through it. There shall be a keyhole buttonhole placed ¾” from point and centered with a metal button through buttonhole only.

Page 164: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

163

REFLECTIVE CROSSWALK TRIM: There shall be 1/2" wide heat sealed crosswalk reflective tape on each chest pocket, 1/2" below pocket top edge and 1/2" wide heat sealed crosswalk reflective tape, 5" Long to the underside of cuff at front part of sleeve, 1/2" from cuff edge.

SNAPS FOR DETACHABLE HOOD: There shall be total of 4 small plastic snaps on collar for optional hood attachment. Snaps shall be placed 3/4" up from neck seam corresponding to snap for hood.

OPTIONAL HOOD: There shall be a detachable hood made of 1-ply Dobby weave fabric. 3 piece design with front visor detail, unlined. There shall be an elastic draw cord with cord lock for hood opening and circumference adjustment. Hood width measures 11 1/4” by 14 ½” long and detaches using 4 snaps spaced evenly apart.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be located behind size label.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Jacket shall be pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD UNISEX SIZING: Short: XS - XL

Regular: XS - 6XL

Tall: M - 6XL

MEASUREMENTS Regular length: Size: M

Chest: 49 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Sleeve from CB Neck: 36 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Back Length: 27 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION: HOUSTON POLICE LOGO ON BACK IN SCOTCHLITE LETTERS, BADGE EMBLEM ON LEFT CHEST, HOUSTON POLICE SHOULDER EMBLEMS ON EACH SLEEVE

Page 165: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

164

5.11 TACTICAL RESPONSE JACKET 5.11 TACTICAL RESPONSE JACKET STYLE #48016 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10055774

5.11 JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 166: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

165

FEATURES:

Lightweight Polyester microfiber shell

Water-resistant and windproof

Nylon lining

2 zippered hand pockets, inside chest pocket with Velcro® closure and Back-up Belt System chest pockets

Removable ID panels: 2 on front, 1 on back

Customization is available. Front ID Panel: Maximum of 1 line, eight 1"H letters/spaces. Back ID Panel: Maximum of 2 lines, eight 2"H letters/spaces per line.

Machine wash and dry

Imported

CUSTOMIZATION: HPD SHOULDER EMBLEMS ON EACH SLEEVE, APPROPRIATE UNIT LOGO ON BACK IN SCOTCHLITE, APPROPRIATE UNIT PATCH ON FRONT LEFT WITH OPTION FOR EMBROIDERED NAME. ALL CUSTOMIZATION TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE OF ITEM.

Page 167: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

166

RAINCOAT (DUSTER) GERBER OUTERWEAR TYPHOON REVERSIBLE RAINCOAT STYLE #70F3/L OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10002511

GERBER RAINCOAT (DUSTER) SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 168: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

167

SPECIFICATION

General Design The rain coat reverses from black to lime-yellow. Constructed waterproof weather system based upon two layers of waterproof fabrics, Zippered and snap front closure, front interior pockets. Telescopic collar, Seamless shoulder design, adjustable cuffs, and permanent badge holder on each side, zippered side vents and microphone tabs. 3M SCOTCHLITE, 2" silver tape w/1/4" black edges, sewn and that meets class III of the highest ANSI/ISEA 107:2010 standard. Reference product is Gerber’s identification number 70F3/L TYPHOON RAIN COAT. Color in Black reverses to Lime-yellow.

FABRIC/MATERIALS Shell Fabric: Nylon Mid Weight Taslan, 228 T. Waterproof / Windproof / Breathable

Thread Count: Warp 158 x Fill 70

158 Denier x 70 Denier

Waterproof: ASTM D 781-2000 > 200 psi

Breathable: WVT G/sq. m ASTM E 96 > 1000 mullens

Lining Fabric: A two layer fabric comprised of 100% polyester, 150 Denier in the warp and the filling, plain weave

Thread Count: Warp 72 pics, Filling 62 (+-5%)

Weight Coated: 4.5 ounces per square yard (+-4%)

Tear Strength: ASTM D226 Warp and Filling 10.8 foot pounds

Page 169: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

168

Breaking Strength: ASTM D5034 Warp 205 foot pounds, Filling 170 ft. lbs.

Thickness: 0.24 mm.

Visibility: ANSI 107 Compliant Lime Yellow

Zippers: Front zipper, #5, Delrin, YKK, with reversible slider.

Snaps: The snaps shall be universal prong snaps that have been oxidized to prevent rusting,

Eyelets: Black, metal, small.

Seam seal tape: Composite seam sealing tape that is compatible to the composite fabric, 7/8" wide.

Velcro: Black, 1" wide hook and loop.

Reflective Tape: 3M SCOTCHLITE, 8906, 2-1/2 wide with 2" silver tape centered over black ribbon, sewn on application.

Thread: All thread shall be polyester thread with a wrap with 36 strength in a 50 size or better.

DESIGN FEATURES FRONT: There shall be six large snap fasteners set evenly and hidden, there shall be a reversible front zipper. The snap fasteners will be set approximately 6-1/2" apart, except the top snap will be set 1" from the placket edge. The bottom hem of the coat shall be approximately 3/4" wide. There shall a microphone tabs set on the black and lime side and shall measure 1" by 2-1/4".

There shall be a badge holder on the upper breast on the black and lime side. The badge holder shall measure 1" by 2-1/4". The eyelets shall be set 1-1/8" apart, center to center.

POCKETS: The pocket opening shall measure approximately 10" with a depth of 7". The pocket welts shall measure 2" wide by 11" long.

COLLAR: The collar shall be a telescopic design, measures 4-1/4" at the points and at the center back. There shall be three large snaps (male portion) set on both sides of the collar to anchor the detachable hood.

DROP IN HOOD: There shall be concealable hood that folds inside out into the zippered opening on the under collar. The outside shell and interior lining shall be constructed from outer shell fabric. The hood shall have a three panel design for a contoured ergonomic fit and feature wrap around storm collar with hook and loop closure. It also shall have an elasticized draw cord that runs around the perimeter of the face opening and barrel clip adjusters.

BACK DESIGN: The back shall be a full cut, raglan design.

SLEEVES: Sleeves shall be a raglan design for freedom of movement.

Page 170: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

169

ADJUSTABLE CUFFS: The adjustable cuffs shall measure approximately 2" wide and shall have an adjustment tab that measures 1" wide and 2-1/2" long. There shall be a 1" x 2" Velcro hook set on the tab and will attached to a 1" x 5" Velcro loop set on the cuff for a full range of adjustments from full cuff to snug wrist fit. Half of the cuffs shall be 2" heavy-duty elastic stretched and sewn with double needle. The top half of the cuffs shall be plain and interlined.

SIDE VENTS: There shall be side vent opening on both side to allow for equipment access

FACINGS: On the fluorescent lime side there shall be facings made out of the outer shell fabric. The facings shall measure approximately 1-1/4" and set on the fronts. Also there shall be upper front facings that measure 3-1/2" at the widest and tapers to a point.

REFLECTIVE TRIM: On the fluorescent lime side there shall be a 2-1/2" wide trim with 2" silver tape set centered over black ribbon. The trim shall be sewn across the chest and back, and a stripe on the upper sleeves which will align with the chest and back stripes, there shall be a second stripe sewn about 4" from the sleeve edge.

SEAM SEALING: All external seams and sewing are to be seam sealed with a 7/8" wide seam sealing tape that is set with a hot air seam sealing machine. Seams are to be randomly tested with a Suter Tester 3 psi for 3 minutes. A log shall be maintained to record the testing results.

LABELS: Each garment shall have a brand label and an ANSI label with care instructions, the ID number and the size of the garment.

HANGTAGS: Each garment shall have a GERBER and a 3M SCOTCHLITE hangtag. On the back side of the GERBER hangtag there shall be a sticker label with the style name, the ID# and the size of the garment.

GUARANTEE: Each garment shall be guaranteed to be free from defects and the factory workmanship shall be guaranteed for five years. This guarantee shall be evidenced by a hangtag on each garment.

SILENCE OF SPECIFICATION: The apparent silence of this specification as to any details or the omission from it of a detail description concerning any point shall be interpreted as meaning that only the best commercial practices are to prevail and only materials and workmanship of first quality to be used.

MEASUREMENTS SIZING: The manufacturer shall be capable of providing all sizes for men and women, including any special size requirements. The manufacturer shall have a company representative or authorized dealer available to assist with the fittings of the garments at no additional cost.

The following sizes have been established as a guideline for this order:

Page 171: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

170

SIZE CHART SIZE FINISHED CHEST BACK LENGTH SLEEVE INSEAM

X-SMALL (32-34) 46 48 21-1/2

SMALL (36-38) 50 48 21-1/2

MEDIUM (40-42) 54 48 21-1/2

LARGE (44-46) 58 48 21-1/2

X-LARGE (48-50) 62 48 21-1/2

XX-LARGE (52-54) 66 48 21-1/2

XXX-LARGE (56-58) 70 48 21-1/2

XXXX-LARGE (56-58) 74 48 21-1/2

TOLERANCES +-1" +-1" +-1/2"

LONG LENGTHS +-1" +1" +1"

X-LONG LENGTHS +-1" +2" +2"

CUSTOMIZATION On front left side, 1” above badge eyelets in two lines “HOUSTON” in 1/2” inch block style 3M scotchlite reflective tape. “POLICE” in 1” inch block style 3M scotchlite reflective tape.

On back of jacket in two lines “HOUSTON” in 2” inch block style white 3M scotchlite reflective tape and “POLICE” in 3” inch block style white 3M scotchlite reflective tape.

Additional lettering info:

Letters on front and back of black side should be white.

Letters on lime-yellow side should be black.

Standard construction with 2 ½” inch retro-reflective tape with 2” silver centered on tape with ¼” printed on the edges.

Certification to ANSI 107, Class III rating required to be submitted with bid.

The manufacturer shall be capable of providing sizes XS - 6XL. The manufacturer shall have a company representative or authorized dealer available to assist with the fittings of the garments at no additional cost.

OPTION TO ADD SLIT ON BACK OF JACKET TO ALLOW FOR WEAR ON HORSEBACK.

ALL CUSTOMIZATION COSTS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE JACKET.

Page 172: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

171

CLASSIFIED REVERSIBLE RAIN JACKET GERBER OUTERWEAR STYLE #70W3/L OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10029726

GERBER RAIN JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 173: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

172

SPECIFICATION

General Design The rain coat reverses from black to lime-yellow. Constructed waterproof weather system based upon two layers of waterproof fabrics, Zippered and snap front closure, front interior pockets. Telescopic collar, Seamless shoulder design, adjustable cuffs, and permanent badge holder on each side, zippered side vents and microphone tabs. 3M SCOTCHLITE, 2" silver tape w/1/4" black edges, sewn and that meets class III of the highest ANSI/ISEA 107:2010 standard. Reference product is Gerber’s identification number 70W3/L TYPHOON RAIN COAT. Color in Black reverses to Lime-yellow.

FABRIC/MATERIALS Shell Fabric: Nylon Mid Weight Taslan, 228 T. Waterproof / Windproof / Breathable

Thread Count: Warp 158 x Fill 70

158 Denier x 70 Denier

Waterproof: ASTM D 781-2000 > 200 psi

Breathable: WVT G/sq. m ASTM E 96 > 1000 mullens

Lining Fabric: A two layer fabric comprised of 100% polyester, 150 Denier in the warp and the filling, plain weave

Thread Count: Warp 72 pics, Filling 62 (+-5%)

Weight Coated: 4.5 ounces per square yard (+-4%)

Tear Strength: ASTM D226 Warp and Filling 10.8 foot pounds

Breaking Strength: ASTM D5034 Warp 205 foot pounds, Filling 170 ft. lbs.

Thickness: 0.24 mm.

Visibility: ANSI 107 Compliant Lime Yellow

Page 174: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

173

Zippers: Front zipper, #5, Delrin, YKK, with reversible slider.

Snaps: The snaps shall be universal prong snaps that have been oxidized to prevent rusting,

Eyelets: Black, metal, small.

Seam seal tape: Composite seam sealing tape that is compatible to the composite fabric, 7/8" wide.

Velcro: Black, 1" wide hook and loop.

Reflective Tape: 3M SCOTCHLITE, 8906, 2-1/2 wide with 2" silver tape centered over black ribbon, sewn on application.

Thread: All thread shall be polyester thread with a wrap with 36 strength in a 50 size or better.

DESIGN FEATURES FRONT: There shall be six large snap fasteners set evenly and hidden, there shall be a reversible front zipper. The snap fasteners will be set approximately 6-1/2" apart, except the top snap will be set 1" from the placket edge. The bottom hem of the coat shall be approximately 3/4" wide. There shall a microphone tabs set on the black and lime side and shall measure 1" by 2-1/4".

There shall be a badge holder on the upper breast on the black and lime side. The badge holder shall measure 1" by 2-1/4". The eyelets shall be set 1-1/8" apart, center to center.

POCKETS: The pocket opening shall measure approximately 10" with a depth of 7". The pocket welts shall measure 2" wide by 11" long.

COLLAR: The collar shall be a telescopic design, measures 4-1/4" at the points and at the center back. There shall be three large snaps (male portion) set on both sides of the collar to anchor the detachable hood.

DROP IN HOOD: There shall be concealable hood that folds inside out into the zippered opening on the under collar. The outside shell and interior lining shall be constructed from outer shell fabric. The hood shall have a three panel design for a contoured ergonomic fit and feature wrap around storm collar with hook and loop closure. It also shall have an elasticized draw cord that runs around the perimeter of the face opening and barrel clip adjusters.

BACK DESIGN: The back shall be a full cut, raglan design.

SLEEVES: Sleeves shall be a raglan design for freedom of movement.

ADJUSTABLE CUFFS: The adjustable cuffs shall measure approximately 2" wide and shall have an adjustment tab that measures 1" wide and 2-1/2" long. There shall be a 1" x 2" Velcro hook set on the tab and will attached to a 1" x 5" Velcro loop set on the cuff for a full range of adjustments from full cuff to snug

Page 175: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

174

wrist fit. Half of the cuffs shall be 2" heavy-duty elastic stretched and sewn with double needle. The top half of the cuffs shall be plain and interlined.

SIDE VENTS: There shall be side vent opening on both side to allow for equipment access

FACINGS: On the fluorescent lime side there shall be facings made out of the outer shell fabric. The facings shall measure approximately 1-1/4" and set on the fronts. Also there shall be upper front facings that measure 3-1/2" at the widest and tapers to a point.

REFLECTIVE TRIM: On the fluorescent lime side there shall be a 2-1/2" wide trim with 2" silver tape set centered over black ribbon. The trim shall be sewn across the chest and back, and a stripe on the upper sleeves which will align with the chest and back stripes, there shall be a second stripe sewn about 4" from the sleeve edge.

SEAM SEALING: All external seams and sewing are to be seam sealed with a 7/8" wide seam sealing tape that is set with a hot air seam sealing machine. Seams are to be randomly tested with a Suter tester 3 psi for 3 minutes. A log shall be maintained to record the testing results.

LABELS: Each garment shall have a brand label and an ANSI label with care instructions, the ID number and the size of the garment.

HANGTAGS: Each garment shall have a GERBER and a 3M SCOTCHLITE hangtag. On the back side of the GERBER hangtag there shall be a sticker label with the style name, the ID# and the size of the garment.

GUARANTEE: Each garment shall be guaranteed to be free from defects and the factory workmanship shall be guaranteed for five years. This guarantee shall be evidenced by a hangtag on each garment.

SILENCE OF SPECIFICATION: The apparent silence of this specification as to any details or the omission from it of a detail description concerning any point shall be interpreted as meaning that only the best commercial practices are to prevail and only materials and workmanship of first quality to be used.

MEASUREMENTS SIZING: The manufacturer shall be capable of providing all sizes for men and women, including any special size requirements. The manufacturer shall have a company representative or authorized dealer available to assist with the fittings of the garments at no additional cost.

The following sizes have been established as a guideline for this order:

SIZE CHART SIZE FINISHED CHEST BACK LENGTH SLEEVE INSEAM

X-SMALL (32-34) 46 36 21-1/2

SMALL (36-38) 50 36 21-1/2

Page 176: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

175

MEDIUM (40-42) 54 36 21-1/2

LARGE (44-46) 58 36 21-1/2

X-LARGE (48-50) 62 36 21-1/2

XX-LARGE (52-54) 66 36 21-1/2

XXX-LARGE (56-58) 70 36 21-1/2

XXXX-LARGE (56-58) 74 36 21-1/2

TOLERANCES +-1" +-1" +-1/2"

LONG LENGTHS +-1" +1" +1"

X-LONG LENGTHS +-1" +2" +2"

CUSTOMIZATION On front left side, 1” above badge eyelets in two lines “HOUSTON” in 1/2” inch block style 3M scotchlite reflective tape. “POLICE” in 1” inch block style 3M scotchlite reflective tape.

On back of jacket in two lines “HOUSTON” in 2” inch block style white 3M scotchlite reflective tape and “POLICE” in 3” inch block style white 3M scotchlite reflective tape.

Additional lettering info:

Letters on front and back of black side should be white.

Letters on lime-yellow side should be black.

Standard construction with 2 ½” inch retro-reflective tape with 2” silver centered on tape with ¼” printed on the edges.

Certification to ANSI 107, Class III rating required to be submitted with bid.

ALL CUSTOMIZATION COST SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE JACKET.

The manufacturer shall be capable of providing sizes XS - 6XL. The manufacturer shall have a company representative or authorized dealer available to assist with the fittings of the garments at no additional cost.

Page 177: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

176

SOLO / MOUNTED RAIN JACKET BLAUER SUPERSHELL JACKET W/ LINER STYLE #9970-60 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10058373

BLAUER 9970-60 JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

BASIC DESIGN FEATURE

Shell Jacket: 3 Layer GORE-TEX (Color: see specified garment color). Soft Shell Fleece Liner: 35% Nylon, 59% Polyester, 6% Spandex. 100% Woven nylon fabric with embedded reflective satellite dishes to reflect car headlights. Color: Dark Navy.

Pocketing: 2.12 oz.. per square yard, 100% polyester knitted mesh. (Color: black). Two sleeve pockets. Two slanted front pockets with double entry mesh pocket bags, hook and loop fastened flaps and hidden zipper closure with additional zippered opening under the storm flies.

Page 178: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

177

Interlining: For Storm flaps, Sleeve Tabs, and Shoulder Straps: 100% polyester non- Woven. For Inner Stormflap: 65% polyester/ 35% cotton woven. Ribbon loops: 0.5 inch nylon braid. (Color: black). Seam tape: 3-layer Gore-Seam tape, 1 inch wide. (Color: grey). Snaps: Non-rusting, 20 ligne prong style with closed backs, gunmetal finish on brass, heavy-duty closure, 24 ligne nylon cap. (Color: black). Eyelets: brass, size #100, black enamel finish.

Zippers: Front zipper: vislon, one-way, separating, size #5. Side zippers: nylon coil, size #5. Front pocket zippers: nylon coil, size #5. Sleeve pocket zippers: nylon coil, size #5.

Storm fly pocket zippers: nylon coil, size #3. (All zippers: Color: black). Elastic: For Cuffs: Type: Spandex, 1.5 inch knitted elastic, dry cleanable. (Color: white).

For Waist Tabs: Spandex, 1 inch knitted elastic, dry cleanable. (Color: white). Elastic Drawcord: 0.125 inch elastic cord. (Color: black). Cord locks: nylon with nylon spring. (Color: black). Hook and Loop: woven nylon base. (Color: black).

STANDARD SIZE RANGE (Shell Jacket) Unisex:

Regular: S - 5XL

STANDARD SIZE RANGE (Soft Shell Liner) Unisex:

Regular: S - 5XL

CUSTOMIZATION: Heat transfer reflective graphic logo will be applied with “HOUSTON POLICE” in two lines on front left chest and back to match current department lettering size and style on shell and liner. HPD shoulder patches on sleeves of liner. Scotchlite safety package will be applied. Reflective lettering. Snap-on hood. Contrasting reflective fabric provides nighttime silhouette in the form of human body. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM COST SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE JACKET. Certification to ANSI 107 required to be submitted with bid.

Page 179: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

178

CIVILIAN RAIN JACKET NEESE RAIN JACKET STYLE #447AJ OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, BLACK

MATERIAL #10048051

NEESE RAIN JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES

30” long jacket PVC coated Nylon Attached hood with drawstring Raglan sleeve design for ease of movement Slash-thru opening with pockets on each side Snap front closure with interlocking storm flap Badge Patch Underarm vents

Page 180: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

179

MRT RAIN JACKET GERBER MEDIX PLUS 3 IN 1 HV PARKA WITH SOFTSHELL LINER STYLE #70ML OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10058387

MRT RAIN JACKET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 181: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

180

General Design Hip-length jacket with one storm front, back yoke panel, large cargo pockets with elastic strap equipment holders and radio holders, Upper patch and radio pocket, athletic cut sleeves. Microphone clips on upper shoulder areas. ANSI Class III construction with 2-1/2" retro-reflective tape with 2" silver centered on the tape with ¼" accent edges set on the front, on the sleeves, and around the bottom. Removable fleece body and sleeve liner with side pockets and an adjustable bungee cord on the bottom hem. Reference product is Gerber’s identification number 70ML MEDIX PARKA. Color in lime-yellow.

FABRICS/MATERIALS Outer Shell: A two layer fabric comprised of 100% polyester, 150 Denier in the warp and the filling, plain weave and a pigmented back coating that can be seam sealed and providewaterproofness and breathability.

Thread Count: Warp 72 pics, Filling 62 (+-5%)

Weight Coated: 4.5 ounces per square yard (+-4%)

Tear Strength: ASTM D226 Warp and Filling 10.8 foot pounds

Breaking Strength: ASTM D5034 Warp 205 foot pounds, Filling 170 ft. lbs.

Thickness: 0.24 mm.

Visibility: ANSI 107 Compliant Lime Yellow

Lining Fabric: Type: 100% nylon taffeta plain weave, 70 denier nylon type 66 continuous

filament yarns with 34 filament, melting point 455 degree Fahrenheit. Color grey.

Thread Count: Warp 104, Filling 86, +-2.

Weight: 1.80 ounces/sq.yard. Color fastness and crocking to be good.

Page 182: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

181

Breaking Strength: Warp 125 lbs., Filling 85 lbs. +-5%.

Tear Strength: Warp 3.5 lbs., Filling 2.1 lbs. +-5%.

Shrinkage: Warp 2%, Filling 2%.

Interlining: White pellon.

Pocketing: Black.

Fleece Pocketing: Black, fleece.

Knitting: 100% stretch knit, continuous filament yarn 400 denier, with a minimum of 16 wales and 32 courses, rating to light, perspiration and wet/dry cleaning to be a minimum of 4. Wristlet to be 8x3 flare.

Removable Insulated liner: 1 face, FLEECE, lime-yellow color, ANSI 107 Compliant.

Fasteners:

All fasteners shall be as follows or equivalent:

Zippers: The front zipper shall be a delrin, YKK, two sliders.

The liner zipper shall be reversible, YKK, one slider.

Zipper pull: Puffy pull with Gerber logo. 3-1/2” long x ½” wide.

Snaps: The snaps shall be universal prong snaps that have been oxidized to prevent rusting.

Thread: All thread shall be polyester thread with a wrap with 36 strength in a 50 size or better.

Reflective Tape: 2-1/2" retro-reflective tape with 2" silver centered on the tape with black

¼" accent edges.

Seam Tape: Composite seam sealing tape that is compatible to the composite fabric, 7/8" wide.

Eyelets: Black, metal, small.

Plastic Hanger: Black, delrin D-ring.

Elastic: Natural color, 1" & 2” wide dry cleanable and washable.

Bungee Cord: Black, 1/8", elasticized.

Barrel Clips: Black, delrin, 3/4" long.

Braided Loops: Black, 1/8", 3" long.

Velcro: Black, 1" hook and loop.

Page 183: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

182

DESIGN FEATURES FRONT DESIGN: One storm front placket with five hidden oxidized snaps that are centered and spaced evenly apart. The front zipper shall be a two-way Delrin zipper. The storm front placket shall be interlined and measure about 3-1/4" in width. The placket shall be sewn from the bottom edge of hem towards the top edge of the telescopic collar. There shall be lower pockets that are a combination cargo pocket with side entry pockets that are lined with fleece hand-warmers. There shall be a patch pocket with a flap, which shall be set on the upper left front. There shall be a radio pocket with a flap set on the upper right front. There shall be microphone clips set horizontal and made out of outer shell material. The microphone clips shall measure 1" by 2-1/4" and shall be set on both sides of the upper front shoulder areas, to hold a microphone. Location of these clips shall be approximately 3-1/2" down from the shoulders and 1/3 over from the armhole.

FRONT POCKETS: On the upper left front there shall be one patch pocket that measures 6" by 7". There shall be a matching beveled straight flap for the patch pocket that measures 3-1/2" by 6-1/4" and closes with Velcro hook and loop. On the upper right front there shall be a radio pocket that shall measure approximately 3-1/2" by 7-3/4" by 2" depth with a matching beveled straight flap that measures 4" by 4-1/2" and closes with Velcro hook and loop. The Velcro hook and loop for the radio pocket and flap is set vertically. Both upper pockets are sewn with a double needle machine that has a ¼" gauge. The lower cargo pockets are to measure 7-3/4" x 8-3/4" with a 2" depth, with +- 1/8" tolerances. The matching beveled straight flaps shall measure 3-1/2" by 8-1/4" and closes with Velcro hook and loop. Inside each cargo pocket there shall be a 1" elastic strip with sewing to form spaces for holding various pieces of equipment, such as scissors, flashlight, etc. There shall be a 2" by 4" elastic strip with a 3" opening, left loose to hold a radio, and located in both the cargo pockets below the equipment elastic strip. The Velcro hook on the flap shall be set vertically and the Velcro loop on the pocket shall be set horizontal. Only upper pockets shall be sewn with a double needle machine, 1/4" gauge. There shall be a side opening on the lower pockets no less than 6" and shall be bar-tacked at the stress points. On the upper left patch pocket bottom there shall be an ANSI-107 label.

COLLAR: There is to be a telescope collar that is constructed to allow the neck seam to be seam sealed. The collar is to measure 4" at the points and 4" at the center. There shall be no zig- zag stitching in the under collar. There shall be a D-ring jacket hanger set in the center of the collar.

BACK DESIGN: There shall be full cut back with a separate cut back yoke which measures approximately 17" down from the neck seam. Emblems and embroidery can be applied to the yoke without affecting waterproofness and contamination. There shall be an opening on the yoke neck seam for the attached hood according to the size of garment. The hood shall have an adjustable bungee cord with barrel clips at the ends. The hood shall be lined with taffeta lining. The hood can be stored between the back of the jacket and yoke.

SLEEVES: The sleeves shall be a two-piece athletic cut design with adjustable cuffs. The cuffs shall measure 2-3/4 “wide and shall have an adjustment tab with a Velcro hook that measures 1" x 1". A Velcro

Page 184: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

183

loop shall be set on the cuff which measures 1" x 4" for a full range of adjustments from full cuff to snug wrist fit.

REFLECTIVE TRIM: There shall be 2-1/2" retro-reflective tape with 2" silver centered on the tape with ¼" black accent edges set across the chest and back, there shall be a second stripe on the lower part of the front and back. There shall be two stripes on the sleeves to match the chest stripe and the body bottom stripe.

LINING: The garment shall be fully lined with nylon taffeta. There shall be no pockets set on this lining. The lining sleeves shall be a three piece design to allow emblems and embroidery applied without affecting waterproofness and contamination. The lining sleeves shall have snaps on each sleeve seam towards the cuff to anchor the jacket.

EMBLEM ATTACHMENT: There shall be an access for sealing the stitching for attaching emblems that are applied after manufacture. The Gerber garment uses its patented sleeve access which is a three-piece design. The lining two-piece top sleeve shall open 10" from the shoulder seam and closes with two snaps or hook and loops. Patent# 5,090,058.

SEAM SEALING: All internal seams and sewing are to be seam sealed with a 7/8" wide seam sealing tape that is set with a hot air seam sealing machine. Seams are to be randomly tested with a Suter Tester at 3 psi for 3 minutes. A log shall be maintained to record the testing results.

Only compatible seam seal tape to the fabric is to be used.

FACINGS: Outer shell fabric facings shall be set on the inner fronts with zipper tracks to accommodate a zip-out liner. Facings shall measure 1-1/2" wide and shall be the length of the front.

REMOVABLE FLEECE LINER: The removable insulated liner shall be a zip-out style full body and sleeve liner. The body of the liner is to be held with two #8 size zippers, 29" long that are interchangeable delrin zippers. The sleeve cuffs are to have knit wristlets and are to be held with one snap. There shall be side pockets with Velcro closures; the opening shall measure no less than 6". There shall be an outer shell band that is sewn to the bottom edge of the liner. A bungee cord shall be set thru the band and exit through small metal eyelets set in the front facings with barrel clips at the ends for adjustments. There shall be 2-1/2" retro-reflective tape with 2" silver centered on the tape with ¼" black printed on the edges sewn across the chest, around the back, a second stripe will be set on the lower front and around the back. There shall be two stripes on the sleeves to match the chest stripe and the body bottom stripe. Liner shall meet all of the requirements of ANSI 107 Class 3. Liner can be worn as a separate high visibility garment.

LABELS: Each jacket shall have an ANSI label with brand name, size, ID# of style and care instructions also on each jacket will be an ANSI-107 label. Each liner shall have a Gerber label, care instruction label, permanent size labels and an ID label.

Page 185: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

184

HANGTAGS: There will be a GERBER & SCOTCHLITE hangtag. On the back side of the Gerber hangtag there shall be a sticker label with the style name, the ID# and the size of the garment.

SILENCE OF SPECIFICATION: The apparent silence of this specification as to any details or the omission from it of a detail description concerning any point shall be interpreted as meaning that only the best commercial practices are to prevail and only materials and workmanship of first quality to be used.

MEASUREMENTS SIZING: The manufacturer shall be capable of providing all sizes for men and women, including any special size requirements. The manufacturer shall have a company representative or authorized dealer available to assist with the fittings of the garments at no additional cost.

The following sizes have been established as a guideline for this order.

JKT. W/LINER SIZE CHART SIZE FINISHED CHEST BACK LENGTH SLEEVE INSEAM

X-SMALL (32-34) 44 33 23

SMALL (36-38) 48 33 23

MEDIUM (40-42) 52 33 23

LARGE (44-46) 56 33 23

X-LARGE (48-50) 60 33 23

XX-LARGE (52-54) 64 33 23

XXX-LARGE (56-58) 68 33 23

XXXX-LARGE (60-62) 72 33 23

TOLERANCES +-1" +-½" +-½"

FLEECE LINER SIZE CHART

SIZE FINISHED CHEST BACK LENGTH SLEEVE INSEAM

X-SMALL (32-34) 40 29 23

SMALL (36-38) 44 29 23

MEDIUM (40-42) 48 29 23

LARGE (44-46) 52 29 23

X-LARGE (48-50) 56 29 23

Page 186: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

185

XX-LARGE (52-54) 60 29 23

XXX-LARGE (56-58) 64 29 23

XXXX-LARGE (60-62) 68 29 23

TOLERANCES +-1" +-½" +-½"

Outer Parka Shell: Waterproof, windproof, and breathable BioTex shell

ASTM F 1671 blood borne pathogen resistant barrier

Scotchlite reflective material

Upper cross draw hidden chest pockets

Concealed zippered radio pockets under faux yokes

Side equipment zippers with keeper tabs

Lower cargo pockets with segmented inner equipment pockets

Elasticized cuffs with Velcro® adjustment tabs

Drop in hood concealed in zipper opening on undercollar

Inner Liner Jacket: Waterproof, windproof, and breathable BioTex soft shell

ASTM F 1671 blood borne pathogen resistant barrier

Scotchlite reflective material

Zippered handwarmer pockets

Zippered set-in interior pockets

Side equipment zippers with keeper tabs

Elasticized cuffs with Velcro® adjustment tabs

Elasticized draw cord waistband with barrel clip adjusters

CUSTOMIZATION:

HOUSTON POLICE MOBILITY RESPONSE TEAM ON BACK OF SHELL AND LINER TO MATCH EXISTING DEPARTMENTAL SIZE AND STYLE.

Page 187: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

186

TRAFFIC SAFETY VEST, CLASSIFIED BLAUER BREAKAWAY SAFETY VEST STYLE #339P OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10033554

CLASSIFIED SAFETY VEST SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

BASIC DESIGN The vest shall be an 8 oz open mesh, sleeveless and made from dipped vinyl. There shall be 1 1/2" silver Scotchlite on lime-yellow stripes placed vertically on the right and left chests and across the back. Scotchlite will outline both sides of the vest from the armhole to the bottom hem. Size: XS-3XL. "POLICE" to be screenprinted on the front and back of the vest in 3" black letters on yellow 4" strip background. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM COST SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE ITEM.

Page 188: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

187

TRAFFIC SAFETY VEST, MOBILITY RESPONSE TEAM UNITED UNIFORM SAFETY VEST STYLE #127 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, HI-VIS YELLOW

MATERIAL #10057725

MRT SAFETY VEST SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Constructed from durable ripstop fabric.

ANSI 207-2011 Compliant

Fabric: 2.5 oz. per sq. yd.; ripstop fabric, 3.5 oz. per sq. yd. athletic mesh

Water repellent

Dual mic tabs on each shoulder

Page 189: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

188

Sewn-in badge eyelets on left chest

Pen pocket on left front

6 point velcro breakaway system; shoulders, sides, 2 on zippered front

Grossgrain stripe with dual reflective stripes for maximum visibility

Horizontal navy band with reflective trim for easy identification

Custom printing available

3rd party certified and engineered for the safety of law enforcement, emergency response, and security personnel

CUSTOMIZATION: "MOBILITY RESPONSE " to be imprinted on the front in scotchlite to match current department issued size style and “MOBILITY RESPONSE TEAM” on back of the vest in scotchlite to match current department issued size and style. ALL IMPRINTING AND EMBLEM COST SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE VEST.

Page 190: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

189

BALLISTIC VEST CARRIER, POLY-WOOL BLAUER ARMORSKIN STYLE #8470 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056169

POLY-WOOL VEST CARRIER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Unisex Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 191: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

190

FABRIC:

Content 75% Polyester 25% Worsted wool plain weave. Machine washable and dry cleanable polyester provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Weight 6.10-6.40 oz. per square yard

Physical Properties: Ply of yarn: 2-ply Warp, Single ply filling

Construction – 47 ends per inch, 43 picks per inch

Breaking Strength - ≥ 120 lbs. in Warp

≥ 90 lbs. in Filling

Tear Strength - ≥ 12 lbs. in Warp

≥ 10 lbs. in Filling

Minimum Filling Stretch: 10%

Fiber Length: Worsted Wool: 3-3.5 inches average minimum

Polyester: 3 inches minimum

SIDE KNIT FABRIC: Content: 92% Nylon 8% Lycra mesh technical knit with high abrasion, pill resistance and anti-microbial finish. Breathable, 4 way stretch.

Weight: 6 oz.. per square yard

Physical Properties: Pilling Resistance (Face) 5

Stretch (elongation): 105 x 170

Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100

Colorfastness: Laundering shade change, min: 4

2A washes fastness: 4

Dry/Wet Crocking: 4

Page 192: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

191

MESH LINING FABRIC: Content: 100% Polyester. Dimensional stability, colorfastness, anti-microbial, anti-abrasion, and wicking.

Weight: 3.20 oz per square yard (+/- 5%)

Courses per inch: 33 +/- 2

Wales per inch: 40 +/- 3

FUSIBLE: Epaulets/Pocket Flaps: Substrate: Thermal Polyester/Non Woven

Content: 100% Polyester

Total Weight: 1.55 oz./sq. yard

Coating Type: Thermo Plastic

Front, Back Panels, Side Front, and Yoke: Substrate: 64x56 Woven

Content: 100% Cotton Print Cloth

Total Weight: 3.20 oz./sq. yard

Coating Type: High Density Thermo Dot

TOP FUSING: The following parts shall be top fused prior to sewing. Front panel, back panel, side front panels, plackets, back yoke, pocket flaps, and epaulets.

FRONT: The front shall have a non-functional placket measuring 1-1/2” wide, extending to the hem and be made of the same material as the shirt fabric with two rows of stitching 1” apart and ½” from the edge. This placket shall be top fused to give body. First button shall be sewn 1" below top edge of placket (to center of button). Last button shall be sewn 1-3/4" above hem (to center of button). Remaining buttons shall be spaced evenly apart. Neckline should be clean finished and measures a width of 7-1/4” for size Medium.

FRONT SIDE OPENINGS: There shall be #8 delrin locking zipper sewn to side of front panels measuring 10” for size Medium, Regular. Zipper shall be hidden by single welt placket zipper construction.

SIDE PANELS: Two-ply stretch knit mesh side back panels. One-ply shell side front panel, sewn to side back mesh panel and front zipper closure. Back side panel at armhole measures 3-1/4” and front side panel at armhole measures 2” for size Medium, Regular.

BACK PANELS: Three (3) creases sewn to back panel.

POCKETS: To have two (2) breast pockets and one (1) hidden napoleon pocket.

Page 193: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

192

Napoleon pocket is on wearer’s side. 6" Hidden opening under the front placket with closure of stitched 5/8" by 2" strip of loop tape on the underside of the placket, corresponding piece of hook tape stitched on the panel and stitching not visible from the outside. Pocket is clean finish into armhole and side front zipper seams.

Breast pockets to be topstitched 1/16” from the edge, with mitered corners, to finish 4-3/4” wide and 5-3/8” long. The left and right breast pockets shall have a pencil compartment 1-1/4” wide. Breast pockets to have 1-1/2” box pleat stitched top and bottom to prevent spreading. Reflective crosswalk trim heat sealed 3/8" below top edge of pocket.

POCKET FLAPS: Style has two (2) scalloped flaps, top-stitched 1/16” from the edge, to finish 5 in width, 2-1/2” in long at center, 2-1/4” in long at sides. Flaps are secured to the front of the vest with two rows of stitching 3/16” apart. Left and right flaps have a pencil opening corresponding to pencil compartment in the pocket. Flaps are fully lined to give body, by sewing in a 100% Dacron polyester interlining, 425 weight mellowpress, cut straight. There is to be a button and buttonhole sewn on the flap. The side points of the flaps are to be secured to the pocket by means of hook and loop fasteners sewn onto the flaps and pockets, the hook portion being stitched to the pocket and loop portion sewn to the underside of the flap. The loop piece sewn to the flap shall not be sewn through and through the flap, but must be attached during the manufacturing process before the flap is assembled to prevent the stitching from showing.

BADGE SLING: This is reinforced on the inside of the vest by means of a strip of shell fabric material 1” wide, that has been stitched and folded, so that there are no raw edges. This reinforcement strip is to be set approximately 2” down from the top of the pocket, to be caught in the double stitching of the flap setting stitches and extend and be caught in the joining seam at the front of yoke. Has two (2) small horizontal buttonholes 1-3/8” apart with the button buttonhole 1-1/4” above the top of the left flap. Maximum size of 1/4" slit in center of horizontal buttonholes for badge insert through all layers of fabric, interlining, and sling.

EPAULETS: Shall measure 1-3/4" wide at the shoulders and 1-1/2" wide at the point with the ends clean finished into armhole seam. They are constructed of 2 ply shell fabric and 2 ply fuse n tac interlining and finished with single needle 1/16" topstitch. The epaulet is centered over shoulder seam, and set with point 1/2" from finished neckline seam; stitched to shirt along both edges of point forming the "V". A non-functional buttonhole is stitched to epaulet 3/8" from point and the button sewn on top of buttonhole.

MIC TAB: There shall be a mic tab made of 1 ply shell folded and 1 ply interlining, measuring 7/8" wide and 2" long. Mic tab centered on front placket vertically, down 1-3/4" from neckline.

SHOULDER: The shoulder strap shall be attached at the shoulder and tacked at the neck. The other end shall be sewn in to the vest shoulder edge and taper to 1-1/2” wide. The length is to be graduated conforming to the size of the shirt with a non-functional buttonhole stitched to epaulet 3/8" from point with button sewn on top of buttonhole.

Page 194: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

193

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke shall be interlined and clean finished with 1/16” single needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 2-3/8” high at the center back.

BOTTOM OPENING: There shall be a zipper opening on inside bottom hem of both front and back. A placket zipper construction with placket face towards bottom hem and 1" grosgrain ribbon connect bottom zipper tape to hem binding.

GROSGRAIN RIBBON LOOP: 1" wide grosgrain ribbon shall be stitched to inside mesh lining of back panel, starting at shoulder seam and extending towards the back. Ribbon shall be stitched to the mesh and shall have at least a 3-1/2" opening at the shoulder starting at the neckline. A second piece of 1" wide by 6-1/2" long grosgrain ribbon shall be stitched to inside mesh lining of back panel. Ribbon shall be centered on back panel 7-3/4" below neckline.

Ribbon shall be stitched on each end and shall have a 6" opening in the center.

MESH LINING: Vest shall be partially lined with mesh lining on front and back panels. Front and back mesh lining panels shall not be stitched together at shoulder seams or at sides to allow insertion of body armor carrier and ballistic panels. Bottom hem of front and rear mesh lining panels shall have a nylon rip stop facing attached to the mesh lining to prevent abrasion from the duty belt.

BINDINGS: Neckline and armhole should be finished with 3/8" bias-cut shell fabric binding facing stitched and turned with double needle topstitching.

Front hem, back hem, and mesh lining side openings should be bound with 3/8" nylon abrasion resistant binding.

Mesh lining shoulder seams shall be clean finished with 3/8" wide elasticized binding.

PERMANENT MILITARY CREASE: Vests have permanent 1/16” military stitched-in creases. One crease is in each front extending from hem to shoulder joining seam. Front pockets and flaps to be centered over the crease. Crease is not to run through pocket or flap. Three vertical creases in back from hem to yoke bottom, middle crease on center back line, side creases spaced equally from center crease.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of neck.

Page 195: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

194

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of vest in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Vest shall be pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE Unisex: 2XS, XS, XS/S, S, S/M, M, M/L, L, L/XL, XL-6XL

Lengths: Short, Regular, Tall, and X-Tall

MEASUREMENTS Unisex: Regular Length: Size M:

1/2 Chest: 21.5 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 18.25 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Front Length: 15.875 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Page 196: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

195

BALLISTIC VEST CARRIER, BDU RIPSTOP BLAUER ARMORSKIN STYLE #8780 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10056173

BDU RIPSTOP VEST CARRIER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Unisex Size Medium, Regular length.

Page 197: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

196

FABRIC:

Content: 65%/35% Poly Cotton, Plain ripstop weave. Colorfastness to light and home laundering. Soil release finish. Machine washable and dry cleanable cotton blend provides user comfort, uniform appearance, durability, and easy care.

Physical Properties: Weight: 4.25 oz per square yard, + or - .25 oz..

Warp Yarn: 26/1

Filling Yarn: 26/1

Tensile: 80 x 45

Tear: 4.0 x 3.0 lbs.

Washfastness: Shade Change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0

Crocking: Dry: 4.0

Wet: 3.0

SIDE PANEL KNIT FABRIC:

Content: 92% Nylon 8% Lycra mesh technical knit with high abrasion, pill resistance and anti-odor finish. Breathable, 4 way stretch.

Physical Properties: Weight: 6 oz.. per square yard

Pilling Resistance (Face): 5.0

Stretch (elongation): 105 x 170

Bursting Strength, min (psi): 100

Colorfastness: Laundering shade change, min: 4 Washfastness: 4 Dry/Wet Crocking: 4

Page 198: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

197

MESH LINING FABRIC:

Content: 100% Polyester. Dimensional stability, colorfastness, anti-odor, anti-abrasion, and wicking.

Weight: 3.20 oz per square yard (+/- 5%)

Courses per inch: 33 +/- 2

Wales per inch: 40 +/- 3

FUSIBLE:

Epaulets/Pocket Flaps: Substrate: Thermal Polyester/Non Woven

Content: 100% Polyester

Total Weight: 1.55 oz./sq. yard

Coating Type: Thermo Plastic

Front, Back Panels, Side Front, and Yoke: Substrate: 64x56 Woven

Content: 100% Cotton Print Cloth

Total Weight: 3.20 oz./sq. yard

Coating Type: High Density Thermo Dot

TOP FUSING:

The following parts shall be top fused prior to sewing. Front panel, back panel, side front panels, placket, back yoke, pocket flaps, mic tab, and epaulets.

FRONT:

The front shall have a non-functional placket measuring 1 ½” wide, extending to the hem and be made of the same material as the shirt fabric with two rows of stitching 1” apart and ½” from the edge. This placket shall be top fused to give body. Napoleon pocket shall be hidden under front placket. Neckline should be clean finished with bias-cut shell fabric binding facing stitched and turned with double needle topstitching. Neck width measure 7 ¼” for size Medium.

FRONT SIDE OPENINGS:

There shall be #10 delrin locking zipper sewn to side of front panels measuring 10” for size Medium, Regular. Zipper shall be hidden by single welt placket zipper construction.

SIDE PANELS:

Two-ply stretch knit mesh side back panels. One-ply shell side front panel, sewn to side back mesh panel and front zipper closure. Back side panel at armhole measures 3 ¼” and front side panel at armhole measures 2” for size Medium, Regular.

Page 199: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

198

POCKETS:

To have two (2) B.DU style pockets. Pockets to be topstitched 1/16” from the edge, with square corners, to finish 5 ¾” wide and 5 3/4” long. The left breast pockets shall have a pencil compartment 1 ¼” wide. Pockets to have 1 ½” box pleat stitched top and bottom to prevent spreading.

FLAPS:

To have two asymmetrical flaps, top-stitched 1/16” from the edge, to finish 5 ¾” wide, 2 ¾” long at side at center back, 2 ¼” in long at side at center front. Flaps to be secured to the front of the vest with two rows of stitching 3/16” apart. Left flap to have a pencil opening corresponding to pencil compartment in the pocket. Flaps to be fully lined to give body, by sewing in a 100% Dacron polyester interlining, 425 weight mellowpress, cut straight. The side points of the flaps are to be secured to the pocket by means of hook and loop fasteners sewn onto the flaps and pockets, the hook portion being stitched to the pocket and loop portion sewn to the underside of the flap. The loop piece sewn to the flap shall not be sewn through and through the flap, but must be attached during the manufacturing process before the flap is assembled to prevent the stitching from showing.

NAPOLEON POCKET:

There shall be a hidden napoleon pocket on the left side consisting of 1 ply of shell fabric, folded to create a pocket. The top and bottom edges shall be closed with overstitch and safety stitched at the ends. Pocket bag shall be clean finished into armhole and side front zipper seams. Opening shall measure 6" hidden under front placket with 5/8" by 2" stipe of loop on the underside of the placket, corresponding piece of hook stitched on the panel. The loop stitching should not be visible from the outside.

BADGE SLING:

To be reinforced on the inside of the vest by means of a strip of shell fabric material 1 ½” wide, stitched and folded, so that there are no raw edges. This reinforcement strip is to be set approximately 2” down from the top of the pocket, to be caught in the double stitching of the flap setting stitches and extend and be caught in the joining seam at the front of yoke. To have two small horizontal buttonholes 1 3/8” apart with the button buttonhole 1 ¼” above the top of the left flap.

MIC TAB:

There shall be a mic tab made of 1 ply shell folded and 1 ply interlining, measuring 7/8" wide and 2" long. Mic tab centered on front placket vertically, down 1 3/4" from neckline.

SHOULDER:

The epaulet shall be attached at the shoulder and tacked at the neck, measuring 1 ¾” at shoulder and 1 ½” at point. The other end shall be sewn in to the vest shoulder edge. The length is to be graduated conforming to the size of the vest.

BACK YOKE:

One-piece back yoke shall be interlined and clean finished with 1/4” double needle topstitching. The yoke is to measure approximately 2 1/4” high at the center back.

Page 200: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

199

GROSGRAIN RIBBON LOOP:

1" wide grosgrain ribbon shall be stitched to inside mesh lining of back panel, starting at shoulder seam and extending towards the back. Ribbon shall be stitched to the mesh and shall have at least a 3-1/2" opening at the shoulder starting at the neckline. A second piece of 1" wide by 6-1/2" long grosgrain ribbon shall be stitched to inside mesh lining of back panel. Ribbon shall be centered on back panel 7-3/4" below neckline.

Ribbon shall be stitched on each end and shall have a 6" opening in the center.

MESH LINING:

Vest shall be partially lined with mesh lining on front and back panels. Front and back mesh lining panels shall not be stitched together at shoulder seams or at sides to allow insertion of body armor carrier and ballistic panels. Bottom hem of front and rear mesh lining panels shall have a nylon rip stop facing attached to the mesh lining to prevent abrasion from the duty belt.

BINDINGS:

Neckline and armhole should be finished with 3/8" bias-cut shell fabric binding facing stitched and turned with double needle topstitching.

Front hem, back hem, and mesh lining side openings should be bound with 3/8" nylon abrasion resistant binding.

Mesh lining shoulder seams shall be clean finished with 3/8" wide elasticized binding.

PERMANENT MILITARY CREASE

Vests to have permanent 1/16” military stitched-in creases. One crease in each front extending from hem to shoulder joining seam. Front pockets and flaps to be centered over the crease. Crease is not to run through pocket or flap. Three vertical creases in back from hem to yoke bottom, middle crease on center back line, side creases spaced equally from center crease.

THREAD:

All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING:

All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

SIZES:

Permanent size marking giving size to be located inside of neck.

CARE LABEL:

Care instructions to be on hem of vest in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING:

Vest shall be pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

Page 201: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

200

STANDARD SIZE RANGE

Unisex: 2XS – 6XL

Lengths: Short, Regular, Tall, and X-Tall

MEASUREMENTS

Unisex: Regular Length: Size M: 1/2 Chest: 21.5 (plus or minus 0.75 inches)

Back Length: 18.25 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

Front Length: 15.875 (plus or minus 0.5 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION:

NAME PATCH (FIRST INITIAL, LAST NAME) SEWN ON RIGHT CHEST, BADGE PATCH SEWN ON LEFT CHEST.

Page 202: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

201

BALLISTIC VEST CARRIER, POINT BLANK ENDEAVOUR POINT BLANK BALLISTIC VEST CARRIER W/ ID PANELS STYLE #ENDEAVOUR OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10058237

R-20D VEST CARRIER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 203: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

202

Unique System Features Able to integrate PBE concealable carrier directly into ODC Sleeve cover without removal of ballistics

Base System Features Carrier exterior fabric: 500 Denier Cordura®

Carrier exterior color options: Black (BKA), Ranger Green (GNR), OD Green (GND), Multicam (MUC), Midnight Navy (BEE), and Coyote (COY) and Navy Blue (BEB)

Carrier interior fabric: Packcloth 420

ID Panels:

Front – 2” x 9” or 2” x 11” VELCRO® brand fasteners ID panel (Size dependent), 1.5” x 3.5” additional ID Panel, 1” x 5” Name Panel and 3” x 3” VELCRO® badge

Back – 2” x 9” or 2” x 11” VELCRO® brand fasteners ID panel (Size dependent)

Top loading plate pockets

Dual plate pockets make the larger vest able to accept smaller rifle plates

MOLLE compatible webbing (Front and Back)

5” x 8” Trauma Plate Pocket (All Sizes)

Center Mic/Camera attachment

Left and Right Mic Tabs

Lower magazine pockets with VELCRO® closure (Size Dependent)

Adjustable and reversible side elastic closure

Adjustable and removable internal cummerbund

Variable Spacing circular button holes for name and badge attachment

Note Pad Pocket with VELCRO® closure

Zipper adaptor

Hang ID

Optional System Features Interior can accept Spacer mesh Panels

Epaulettes

Interior can accept ARMORvent panels

Ballistic System Performance Please refer to the ballistics specifications

Manufacturing Standards All manufacturing processes follow the American Standards for Testing and Materials (ASTM) listed below as they apply to textile manufacturing and measuring. Every product is subjected to strict quality standards beginning with close inspections of fabric and other raw material when they are received. In-process quality monitoring continues as fabric and trim items are cut and

Page 204: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

203

manufactured into finished goods. A final inspection of each product insures full compliance with standards and a quality product for the customer

ASTM D-204 - Sewing Threads

ASTM D-6193 - Standard Practice for Stitches & Seam

ASTM D-1777 - Standard Method for Testing Thickness of Textile Materials

ASTM D-3776 - Mass per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric

ANSI/ISO/ASQ Q9001-2000 Certification

Quality Management System Point Blank Body Armor was successful in securing registration to ISO9001:2008 Standards in 2009. The Quality Management System developed to support this international quality standard embraces the concept of "continuous improvement" and a closed loop set of checks and balances on key product characteristics and key company performance measurements. Data is gathered on a "real time" basis and is analyzed routinely to ensure that the manufacturing processes are achieving the desired results. Products are analyzed throughout the processes to ensure the required product design performance required is achieved. The most current and innovative techniques and equipment are utilized in each of the analysis methods. All measurement devices are in a calibration system that is traceable to the National Institute of Testing and Standards to ensure the accuracy of the data. Point Blank Body Armor works tirelessly to ensure that a world-class product is provided

Sizes Carrier – Available in sizes S2 - S1, R, and L1-L5. The lengths available are 38 – 72 (in even number incriments).

Plates – The hard armor plates available are length and size dependent. Please refer to the list below:

Lengths 38 – 44 in all sizes: 8” x 10” Rectangular and Shooter’s Cut, 5” x 8” and 7” x 9” Speed plate

Lengths 46 – 72 in S2: 8” x 10” Rectangular and Shooter’s Cut, 5” x 8” Speed plate

Lengths 46 – 60 in S1: 8” x 10” Rectangular and Shooter’s Cut, 5” x 8” Speed plate

Lengths 62 – 72 in S1: 8” x 10” and 10” x 12” Rectangular and Shooter’s Cut, 5” x 8” Speed plate

Lengths 46 – 72 in all remaining sizes (R – L5): 8” x 10” and 10” x 12” Rectangular and Shooter’s Cut, 5” x 8” Speed plate

Ballistics Labeling Label material will withstand normal wear and cleaning and remain readable during the entire warranted life of the armor or carrier

All soft body armor is labeled in strict adherence to the labeling requirement set forth in NIJ-Standard-0101.06

Serial number assignments and marking of all ballistic components insure full traceability from receipt by the manufacturing facility through testing, assembly, and issue to the individual customer. The ballistic panel labeling shall include, but not be limited to the following:

Name of Manufacturer

Page 205: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

204

Level of Protection

NIJ 0101.06

Date of Manufacture

Date of Issue

Size

Serial Number

Model of Vest

Manufacture Location

Care Instructions

Warranty Period

Carrier Labeling Label material will withstand normal wear and cleaning

The label will remain readable during the entire warranted life of the carrier

The label shall include, but not limited to the following:

Name of Manufacturer

Fabric Content

Size

Care Instructions

Protection Warning

Warranty Refer to the standard warranty

CUSTOMIZATION: INCLUDE ID PANELS W/ LETTERING ON FRONT AND BACK

Page 206: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

205

COVERALLS, SHORT SLEEVE RED KAP SHORT SLEEVE COVERALLS STYLE #CP40 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, NAVY

MATERIAL #10014280

SHORT SLEEVE COVERALL SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 207: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

206

FEATURES:

FABRIC 5 oz. Poplin

BLEND 65% Polyester / 35% Combed Cotton

FINISH Wrinkle Resistant, Soil Release & Moisture Wicking

CLOSURE Two-way brass zipper

POCKET Two set-in front pockets, two chest pockets (right chest pocket has functional flap), two patch hip pockets

COUNTRY ORIGIN Imported

CUSTOMIZATION

Each coverall will have Houston Police Department shoulder emblems sewn to each sleeve. The top of the emblem will touch the yoke seam. Requested gold or silver HPD badge emblem are to be sewn 1/2" above left breast pocket and centered. EMBLEM COST SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THIS ITEM.

Page 208: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

207

COVERALLS, LONG SLEEVE RED KAP LONG SLEEVE COVERALLS STYLE #CP30 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, NAVY

MATERIAL #10014279

LONG SLEEVE COVERALL SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

Page 209: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

208

FEATURES:

FABRIC 5 oz. Poplin

BLEND 65% Polyester / 35% Combed Cotton

FINISH Wrinkle Resistant, Soil Release & Moisture Wicking

CLOSURE Two-way brass zipper

POCKET Two set-in front pockets, two chest pockets (right chest pocket has functional flap), two patch hip pockets

COUNTRY ORIGIN Imported

CUSTOMIZATION

Each coverall will have Houston Police Department shoulder emblems sewn to each sleeve. The top of the emblem will touch the yoke seam. Requested gold or silver HPD badge emblem are to be sewn 1/2" above left breast pocket and centered. EMBLEM COST SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THIS ITEM.

Page 210: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

209

CAP, FITTED BLAUER B.COOL PERFORMANCE CAP STYLE #188 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10002519

FITTED CAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Unisex, Size Regular.

FABRIC:

Shell: Polyester knit for front

Page 211: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

210

Shell: Polyester mesh for back

TRIMS:

Interlining: 100% cotton woven buckram, stiff hand (Color: off-white)

Facing: 1-1/4" wide poly blend terry-like material for sweat assistance with interfacing and a layer of foampadding.

Bias tape: 1/2" bias tape made from shell fabric.

Elastic: 1-1/4" wide elastic, specialty with Blauer patterning.

Rivet: Metal, 24 ligne, covered with shell fabric.

Blauer Embroidered logo centered on left side panel, 3/4” x 1”

GENERAL DESIGN:

Fitted style baseball style cap made with two fabrics with stretch. A stretch sweatband adjusts and shapes to head in the six-panel structure.

BODY:

Body is made up of 6 panels sewn together to form a dome. The front two panels shall be reinforced with canvas interlining. There shall be sewn eyelets placed 3-1/4" to 3-1/2" down from center point. There is 1/2" bias tape sewn on the backside of seams with 1/8" topstitch on each side. The center point on the top of the crown shall have a rivet with a self-fabric covered button.

BRIM:

The brim shall have 3 rows of topstitching following the front edge. The first row of topstitching starts 5/8" from the brim and each additional row shall be 3/16" apart.

FACING BAND:

There shall be a front facing 1-1/4" wide sewn at front of hat, folded over. Elastic facing 1-1/4" wide shall be sewn on back side of the hat with a 1/8" chain stitch at the top. The elastic facing shall be bar tacked 1/4" on each panel seam.

THREAD:

All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Dyed to match shell.

STITCHING:

All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

Page 212: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

211

LABELS:

Blauer label shall be sewn to the facing band to the right of the seam in the center back. Size label shall be in the side of the Blauer label and care/content label shall be caught in the top of the Blauer label in the center back.

PRESSING & FINISHING:

Hat shall be pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE:

Unisex: Small, Regular, and Oversize

MEASUREMENTS:

Unisex: Size Regular: Circumference (Relaxed): 22.375 (plus or minus 0.125 inches)

Circumference (Stretched): 23.5 (plus or minus 0.125 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION:

HOUSTON POLICE BADGE EMBLEM SEWN ON FRONT OF THE HAT IN A REDUCED SIZE

Page 213: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

212

CAP, ADJUSTABLE, CLASSIFIED / MRT BLAUER ADJUSTABLE CAP STYLE #182-1 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10058388

FITTED CAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

Specification based on Size Regular.

Page 214: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

213

FABRIC:

Shell: Polywool Lycra Blend

TRIMS:

Interlining: 100% cotton woven buckram, stiff hand (Color: Black)

Facing: 1-1/4" wide poly blend terry-like material for sweat assistance with interfacing and a layer of foampadding.

Bias tape: 1/2" bias tape made from shell fabric.

Elastic: 1-1/4" wide elastic, specialty with patterning.

Rivet: Metal, 24 ligne, covered with shell fabric.

Hook and loop: 3/4" hook and loop, Black.

GENERAL DESIGN:

Fitted style baseball style cap made in a blended fabric with stretch. A stretch sweatband adjusts and shapes to head of the six-panel structure with adjustable hook & loop back strap closure.

BODY:

Body made up of six (6) panels sewn together to form a dome with sewn eyelets placed 3" down from center point. The front two panels shall be reinforced with canvas interlining. There is 1/2" bias tape, sewn onto the backside of seams with 1/8" topstitch on each side. The center point on the top of the crown has a rivet with a self-fabric covered button.

BRIM:

The brim shall have 6 rows of topstitching following the front edge. The first row of topstitching starts 5/8" from the brim and each additional row shall be 3/16" apart.

FACING BAND:

There is an elastic facing 1-1/4" wide sewn around front and back sides of hat with 1/8" chain stitch at the top.

CENTER BACK:

The opening in center back of the cap shall measure 3" wide by 1-1/2" high finished with ¼” double needle stitch. Inside edge of the opening faced with 1/4" bias tape. Two tabs in center back with hook and loop closure. Bottom tab attached to wearer's right side measures 7/8" wide and top tab attached to wearer's left side measures 7/8" wide. There shall be 5/8" wide hook and loop running the length of each tab, hook is sewn to bottom tab and loop sewn to top tab.

Page 215: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

214

THREAD:

All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Dyed to match shell.

STITCHING:

All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs, twist, pleats, puckers or open seams.

LABELS:

Blauer label shall be sewn to the facing band near the opening in the center back. Size label shall be in the side of the Blauer label and care/content label shall be caught in the top of the Blauer label in the center back.

PRESSING & FINISHING:

Hat shall be pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE:

Unisex: Small, Regular, and Oversize

MEASUREMENTS:

Unisex: Size Regular: Circumference (Relaxed): 22.5 (plus or minus 0.125 inches)

Circumference (Stretched): 24 (plus or minus 0.125 inches)

CUSTOMIZATION:

HOUSTON POLICE OR MOBILITY RESPONSE TEAM EMBLEM SEWN ON FRONT OF THE HAT IN A REDUCED SIZE. COST OF EMBLEM TO BE INCLUDED IN PRICE.

Page 216: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

215

CAP, MRT, KNIT SAMUEL BROOME ACRYLIC WATCH CAP STYLE #99040 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10038072

KNIT CAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

100% Acrylic

Thinsulate insulation

CUSTOMIZATION:

MRT EMBLEM SEWN ON FRONT OF THE HAT

Page 217: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

216

UNIFORM CAP, CLASSIFIED MIDWAY CAP COMPANY STYLE #HD269 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, DARK NAVY

MATERIAL #10014519

UNIFORM CAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

Shall be A Midway Cap Company Deluxe Military Style Cap with Stationary Cover and will be imprinted “Midway Cap Company” on the Crown Lining to assure compliance with specifications.

The dimensions of a Size 7-1/8 Cap shall be as follows: Front to rear of crown 10-7/8”

Side to side of crown 10-3/8”;

Height of Cap in front 4-3/8”.

All other sizes shall be in proportion.

Page 218: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

217

The material shall be Dark Navy Gabardine Weave to match Department uniform fabric or as specified by the department. The Covers shall have a dry-cleanable bonding of not less than .093 gauge Grey Polyurethane Foam throughout the entire top, sides and front, and a Full Crown Lining of 100% Acetate Taffeta. A Sweat Protector Lining and an Identification Card Holder, in the form of a rectangle, will be heat-sealed directly to the Sweat Protector. After joining the crown and the sides, the crown seam shall be double-stitched with a 3/8” bias folded tape. As a final operation, all Caps shall be blocked on a 5-piece block in live steam and thoroughly dried.

Each Cap Cover shall be provided with a total of 6 Metal Eyelets: 2 Eyelet shall be attached in the front center for proper placement of a 2-post shield. 2 Eyelets will be provided on each side for ventilation. The Frame Band shall be 2 ¼ ” Black Perforated Polyethylene, approximately .035 thick. The Band shall then be bound at the bottom with the same material as the cover.

The Front Support shall consist of one piece Pak Cap, called the Stayer, and a Plastic Holder. The Holder is formed by cutting a piece of black linear Polyethylene with dual slots to accept the Stayer and hold it securely. The holder is sewn to the inside front of the Frame Band and to staples or rivets will be required for either the Holder or the Stayer. To be made of 2 pieces: the upper portion to consist of a Nylon base with a Dull Black Japanned top; the bottom piece of .095 Genuine Sur-V-Lon. The 2 pieces will be firmly cemented together, and Visors will not bubble, crack or blister. The Visor shall be Custom Military Pattern. The Front Strap shall be Silver or Gold Expansion. The Sweatband shall be Genuine Uniform Roan Leather with Gold Line Roll, 1-5/8” wide. The Sweatband shall be sewn into the caps with a Zig-Zag finish. Buttons shall be a Gold or Silver finish button as indicated.

Page 219: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

218

UNIFORM CAP, CHIEF, EAC, AC BAYLY INC STYLE #970349-B OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, MIDNIGHT NAVY

MATERIAL #10014518

UNIFORM CAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

A ½” Clear “D” Plastic Grommet, measured and closed to exact size, shall be inserted into the Cap Cover. To be made of 2 pieces: the upper portion to consist of a felt hand embroidered army bullion top and the bottom piece of .095 Genuine Sur-V-Lon. The 2 pieces will be firmly cemented together, and Visors will not bubble, crack or blister. The Visor shall be Custom Military Pattern. The Front Strap shall be Gold Expansion. “Scramble egg design” on brim for Chief, Executive Assistant Chief, Assistant Chief. High Gloss Brim for Commanders. 2 Eyelet shall be attached in the front center for proper placement of a 2-post shield

The Sweatband shall be Genuine Uniform Roan Leather with Gold Line Roll, 1-5/8” wide. The Sweatband shall be sewn into the caps with a Zig -Zag finish. Buttons shall be a Gold finish button or as indicated.

ALL CAPS SHALL CONTAIN A SIZE LABEL AND A UNION LABEL.

Page 220: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

219

UNIFORM CAP, COMMANDER BAYLY INC STYLE #970349 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, MIDNIGHT NAVY

MATERIAL #10058855

UNIFORM CAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

A ½” Clear “D” Plastic Grommet, measured and closed to exact size, shall be inserted into the Cap Cover. To be made of 2 pieces: the upper portion to consist of a felt hand embroidered army bullion top and the bottom piece of .095 Genuine Sur-V-Lon. The 2 pieces will be firmly cemented together, and Visors will not bubble, crack or blister. The Visor shall be Custom Military Pattern. The Front Strap shall be Gold Expansion. High Gloss Brim for Commanders. 2 Eyelet shall be attached in the front center for proper placement of a 2-post shield

The Sweatband shall be Genuine Uniform Roan Leather with Gold Line Roll, 1-5/8” wide. The Sweatband shall be sewn into the caps with a Zig -Zag finish. Buttons shall be a Gold finish button or as indicated.

ALL CAPS SHALL CONTAIN A SIZE LABEL AND A UNION LABEL.

Page 221: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

220

RAIN CAP COVER, CLEAR, W/VISOR PREMIER STYLE #P9009 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10014574

RAIN CAP COVER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

The cap will be made with a visor; crystal clear 4.5 mil plastic.

Page 222: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

221

RAIN CAP COVER, CLEAR, MOUNTED CAMPAIGN HAT PREMIER STYLE #P9003 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10036509

RAIN CAP COVER, MOUNTED SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

Shall be of a crystal clear 4.5 mil plastic with all seams electronically seal to protect the hat in its entirety (fit and cover campaign style hat) to protect from opposing elements.

Page 223: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

222

MOUNTED CAMPAIGN HAT, STRAW STRATTON STYLE #S-40TB OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10014558

MOUNTED HAT, STRAW SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

Shall be constructed of genuine Milan Straw with 3" triple stay flat extra stiff brim, inner hat shall have cushion comfort sweatband with a ventilated crown and 3 piece swivel chin strap with metallic acorns in gold or silver. Two (2) Eyelets shall be attached in the front center 1 3/8" up from Frame Band and 1 1/2" apart, for proper placement of a 2-post Badge. Prior to honoring any purchase order, Vendor is required to verify measurements of badge prongs with Houston Police Department before placement of eyelets.

Page 224: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

223

MOUNTED CAMPAIGN HAT, FELT STRATTON STYLE #F-40TB OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10014557

MOUNTED HAT, FELT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

Shall be made of 100% fur felt with a 3" double thick extra stiff flat brim. Inner shall have a cushion comfort sweatband, satin lined and shall have 3 piece swivel chin strap w/ metallic acorns in gold or silver. Two (2) Eyelets shall be attached in the front center 1 3/8" up from Frame Band and 1 1/2" apart, for proper placement of a 2-post Badge. Prior to honoring any purchase order, Vendor is required to verify measurements of badge prongs with Houston Police Department before placement of eyelets.

Page 225: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

224

SUPER SEER MOTORCYCLE HELMET SUPER SEER STYLE #S2102 / S2108 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10058370

MOTORCYCLE HELMET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

Details & Options

Sizes: XS – XL (6 3/4” – 8 3/8”)

Shell Sizes: SM/MD; LG; XL

Liner Sizes: SM; MD; LG; XL

Construction: Composite Carbon Fiber Outer Shell / Urethane Foam Impact Absorbing Liner / ABS Inner Plastic Shell

Weight: 2.0 lbs/950 grams – Medium Size, Solid Color

Standard: Meets and/or Exceeds DOT FMVSS 218

Visor: Removable Snap-on Plastic (Solid or Transparent)

Rank Band: Gold; Silver; No Band

Page 226: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

225

Helmet Sizes

Inches Centimeters Hat Size Helmet Size

21 1/4 54 6 3/4 Small

21 5/8 55 6 7/8 Small

22 56 7 Medium

22 3/8 57 7 1/8 Medium

22 3/4 58 7 1/4 Medium

23 1/8 59 7 3/8 Large

23 1/2 60 7 1/2 Large

23 7/8 61 7 5/8 Large

24 1/4 62 7 3/4 Large

24 5/8 63 7 7/8 X-Large

25 1/8 64 8 X-Large

25 1/2 65 8 1/8 X-Large

26 66 8 1/4 X-Large

26 3/8 67 8 3/8 X-Large

Page 227: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

226

MOTORCYCLE HELMET VISOR SUPER SEER OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10047213

MOTORCYCLE HELMET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

Visor to be plastic material, such as Polypropylene, functioning as a sunshade. Attachment will consist of snap fasteners being freely capable of disengagement to minimize localized concentration of impact and/or providing a "handle" in physical combat. Visor shall be black. Rank bands, shall be non-tarnishing mylar in gold or silver (DE LUXE) as specified.

Page 228: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

227

MOTORCYCLE HELMET EAR MUFFS SUPER SEER STYLE #S1285 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10048287

EAR MUFF SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

Super Seer® Part No. S1285 or department approved equivalent fur-lined ear muffs shall be attached to harness by means of Velcro.

Page 229: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

228

MOTORCYCLE GLOVES, SOLO OLYMPIA STYLE #4352 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10058369

MOTORCYCLE GLOVE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

Features:

The thumb and index finger on both hands are touch enabled with nanotechnology for easy use of all touch screen electronics.

Super premium drum-dyed leather

Wind-Tex comfort liner, for windproof, water resistant and breathable comfort.

Lightweight Thermolite insulation for warmth.

Silicone gel anti-shock skid pad, with high abrasion-resistant surface.

Extended length and Velcro closure for best fit.

3-blade shield wiper for better visibility.

Box finger panels for comfort.

Reinforced palm and thumb and padded knuckles, for protection.

Page 230: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

229

SIZES:

S, M, L, XL, 2XL

Page 231: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

230

BICYCLE HELMET BELL DRAFT STYLE #7067690 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, VARIOUS COLORS

MATERIAL #10020333

BICYCLE HELMET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES TOTAL VENTS 25 VENTS

COMPLIANCE CPSC BICYCLE

CONSTRUCTION FUSION IN-MOLD POLYCARBONATE SHELL - A PROCESS PIONEERED BY BELL BONDS THE HELMET'S OUTER SHELL TO THE EPS FOAM LINER TO CREATE A STURDIER HELMET.

FIT SYSTEM ERGO FIT - SLEEK, EASY-TO-USE DIAL SYSTEM FOR ONE-HANDED ADJUSTMENTS

RETENTION SYSTEM NO-TWIST TRI-GLIDES: QUICK-ADJUST FASTENERS THAT HELP KEEP STRAPS FLAT AND PROPERLY POSITIONED

Page 232: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

231

WEIGHT 273 GRAMS

Page 233: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

232

SAFARILAND HOLSTER, PISTOL WITHOUT LIGHT, LEVEL III SAFARILAND ALS STYLE #7360- OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, LEFT OR RIGHT HANDED, VARIOUS PISTOL MODELS, VARIOUS FINISHES

MATERIAL #10019610

HOLSTER, WITHOUT LIGHT, SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

ALS® (Automatic Locking System) secures weapon once holstered, simple straight-up draw once release is deactivated.

SLS (Self Locking System) rotating hood closure provides protection and allows smooth, single motion draw.

Page 234: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

233

Crafted with SafariSeven™, a proprietary DuPont™ nylon blend that is completely non-abrasive to a firearm’s finish.

Raised stand-off surfaces in the interior of the holster create air space around the weapon allowing dirt and moisture to quickly clear any contact with the firearm.

Very high heat and low cold tolerances; structurally sound from -50° F to 300° F.

Can be submerged in water indefinitely and still maintain shape and function.

Matte finish designed to decrease reflection and can be maintained with a simple scouring pad.

Injection molded holster design works with all Safariland holster mounting options.

Page 235: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

234

SAFARILAND HOLSTER, PISTOL WITH LIGHT, LEVEL III SAFARILAND ALS STYLE #7360- OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, LEFT OR RIGHT HANDED, VARIOUS PISTOL MODELS, VARIOUS FINISHES

MATERIAL #10055835

HOLSTER, WITH LIGHT, SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

ALS® (Automatic Locking System) secures weapon once holstered, simple straight-up draw once release is deactivated.

SLS (Self Locking System) rotating hood closure provides protection and allows smooth, single motion draw.

Crafted with SafariSeven™, a proprietary DuPont™ nylon blend that is completely non-abrasive to a firearm’s finish.

Page 236: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

235

Raised stand-off surfaces in the interior of the holster create air space around the weapon allowing dirt and moisture to quickly clear any contact with the firearm.

Very high heat and low cold tolerances; structurally sound from -50° F to 300° F.

Can be submerged in water indefinitely and still maintain shape and function.

Matte finish designed to decrease reflection and can be maintained with a simple scouring pad.

Injection molded holster design works with all Safariland holster mounting options.

Page 237: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

236

SAFARILAND HOLSTER, PISTOL WITHOUT LIGHT, LEVEL III SAFARILAND ALS STYLE #6360- OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, LEFT OR RIGHT HANDED, VARIOUS PISTOL MODELS

MATERIAL #10058857

HOLSTER, WITHOUT LIGHT, SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

Level III Retention™ holster

Level IV Retention™ with optional Sentry device installed

Page 238: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

237

ALS® (Automatic Locking System) secures weapon when holstered; simple straight-up draw once all releases are deactivated

SLS (Self Locking System) rotating hood

Slim, compact design allows weapon to ride close to body

Mid-ride position allows for excellent weapon protection and quick, easy draw

Offered for weapons with and without rail mounted light

Page 239: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

238

SAFARILAND HOLSTER, PISTOL W/ LIGHT AND RDS LEVEL III SAFARILAND ALS STYLE #7360RDS- OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, LEFT OR RIGHT HANDED, VARIOUS PISTOL MODELS, VARIOUS FINISHES

MATERIAL # 10058858

HOLSTER, WITH LIGHT, SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES: The Safariland® 7360RDS 7TS™ Mid-ride holster is specifically designed to fit and protect weapons with red dot optics. The 7360RDS 7TS Mid-ride holster features ALS® (Automatic Locking System) retention, which is completely operable with the thumb, making training easy, and the straight-up draw makes them very instinctive to use, yet difficult for an assailant’s attempted takeaway. Incredibly durable, yet remarkably lightweight, the 7360RDS holster is constructed from SafariSeven™ material and built to withstand the elements, including extremes

Page 240: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

239

of heat and cold. In addition, the holster retains its structural integrity even when submersed in water indefinitely. On the inside of the holster, the SafariSeven material is non-abrasive to protect your firearm’s finish. Additional protection is provided by raised surfaces which create airspace around the firearm, allowing dirt and moisture to quickly clear contact. To ensure a perfect fit, the 7360RDS holster is compatible with all Safariland holster mounting options, and the mid-ride belt loop allows the holster to ride close to the body.

Page 241: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

240

HOLSTER, NYLON, EXPLORERS DUTYMAN STYLE #7347H- OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, LEFT OR RIGHT HANDED, VARIOUS PISTOL MODELS

MATERIAL #10057642

EXPLORER HOLSTER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

Made with high quality ballistic nylon

Fits G17/19/22/23/, S&W Sigma, and similar sized weapons

Fits 2-1/4" belts

Level 1

Made for 4" barrels

High rise

Page 242: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

241

HOLSTER, TASER X-26, EXPLORERS BLACKHAWK SERPA STYLE #44H015BK OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, LEFT OR RIGHT HANDED

MATERIAL #10057644

TASER HOLSTER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

Automatically engages the safety when re-holstering

Holster bottom is configured to block the probes in case of accidental activation

Trigger and trigger guard are completely enclosed inside holster

Carries TASER® X26 with optional camera unit attached

Extended coverage protects polycarbonate digital readout window

Belt loop fits most duty belts

Rigid holster body delivers improved retention

Page 243: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

242

Protects cartridge in holster

Designed to hold the TASER® X26 Cartridge Holder (sold separately)

Page 244: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

243

BELT, TROUSER,BUCKLELESS BIANCHI ACCUMOLD STYLE #7205 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10057409

BIANCHI ACCUMOLD BELT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Bianch AccuMold Buckless Trouser Belts are lightweight, yet tough enough to provide the added support for your duty rig. Sturdy web construction for a reliable inner nylon belt.

1-1/2” Width

Lightweight, weatherproof, and washable

Molded Tri-Release polymer buckle

Lined on the outside with “hook” for attachment to the AccuMold Duty Belt (sold separately)

Sizes Small (28”-34”), Medium (34”-40”), Large (40”-46”), X-Large (46”-52”)

Page 245: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

244

DRESS BELT, VELCRO DUTYMAN STYLE #1311U OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10019595

DUTYMAN VELCRO BELT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Dutyman® belt shall be black 1 3/4” wide 8-9 oz 100% leather thickness, unlined buckles Velcro dress belt tip closure.

SIZES:

28 – 60

Page 246: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

245

DUTY BELT, CLASSIFIED BIANCHI ACCUMOLD ELITE STYLE #7950 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, PLAIN FINISH

MATERIAL #10055984

ACCUMOLD ELITE DUTY BELT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

The Model 7950 Duty Belt features 4-part laminate construction for firmness and holster support. It features a Duraskin™ exterior with loop lining for use with the Bianchi® 7205 Liner Belt. 2.25 in. (58 mm) belt width. It features the Tri-Release™ shatter-resistant polymer buckle. Its 3-point release provides extra security from inadvertent release. Complements AccuMold® Elite™ accessories.

Page 247: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

246

DUTY BELT, MOLDED NYLON BIANCHI STYLE #7200 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10057641

WEBB BELT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Finest 100% ballistic nylon

2-1/4" W

Multi-release buckle for added security

Weatherproof and hand washable

Lined with Velcro® so will adhere to under-belt

Fade- and scratch-resistant

Imported

SIZES:

S -28-32, M -34-38, L- 40-44, XL- 46-50, 2X- 52-56

Page 248: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

247

DRESS BELT, LEATHER W/ BUCKLE DUTYMAN STYLE #1511U OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10019599

LEATHER BELT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on items within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Dutyman® or department approved equivalent belt shall be black full grain leather, 1 1/2" wide, 8-9 oz leather thickness, single stitch around leather buckle, brass hook closure, sizes 28" - 60".

Page 249: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

248

HANDCUFF CASE, WEBB NYLON DUTYMAN STYLE #7300 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, BLACK

MATERIAL #10019603

WEBB HANDCUFF CASE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

The Model 7300 AccuMold® Covered Handcuff Case is made from a trilaminate construction with Coptex™ knit lining. Will hold one pair of standard handcuffs with hook and loop or hidden snap closure. Dual belt loop conveniently fits 2 in. (50 mm) or 2.25 in. (58 mm) duty belts.

Page 250: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

249

HANDCUFF CASE, SINGLE, CLASSIFIED BIANCHI ACCUMOLD ELITE STYLE #7900 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, PLAIN FINISH

MATERIAL #10055982

HANDCUFF CASE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

The Model 7900 AccuMold® Elite™ Covered Handcuff Case is made from a trilaminate construction with a synthetic leather-like finish. Will hold one pair of standard handcuffs with hidden snap closure. Dual belt loop conveniently fits 2 in. (50 mm) or 2.25 in. (58 mm) duty belts.

Page 251: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

250

DOUBLE MAGAZINE POUCH, WEBB NYLON BIANCHI STYLE #7302 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, BLACK

MATERIAL #10050049

DOUBLE MAGAZINE POUCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

The Model 7302 AccuMold® Double Magazine Pouch is an AccuMold® trilaminate construction with ballistic weave exterior and Coptex™ lining. Features vertical or horizontal carry which offers versatility on the belt and a hook and loop or hidden snap closure. The pouch cavities expand both front and rear for a sleek, trim look. Injection molded belt loop fits 2.25" (58mm) width belts.

Page 252: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

251

DOUBLE MAGAZINE POUCH, CLASSIFIED BIANCHI ACCUMOLD ELITE STYLE #7902 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, PLAIN FINISH, HIDDEN SNAPS

MATERIAL #10019604

DOUBLE MAGAZINE POUCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

The Model 7902 AccuMold® Elite™ Double Magazine Pouch is molded and contoured trilaminate construction with a leather-like finish. Features vertical or horizontal carry which offers versatility of use. Available in dual belt loop design to conveniently fits both 2 in. (50 mm) and 2.25 in. (58 mm) duty belts.

Page 253: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

252

BELT KEEPERS, WEBB NYLON BIANCHI STYLE #7406 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, BLACK, 4 PACK

MATERIAL #10024388

WEBB NYLON BELT KEEPER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

The Bianchi AccuMold™ model 7406 or department approved equivalent nylon belt keeper two (2) snaps, set of four (4) secures duty belt to under belt. A heavy duty, 1” nylon web with a selvedgeedge to help eliminate stretching will be used. Snaps will be of a non-reflective molded black nylonmaterial, which will not rust and is highly resistant to wear. Color is molded throughout. Twosnaps will be used per web piece for maximum security. Finish: Black. The heavy duty, 1” nylonweb is cut to length on a hot knife machine. Edges are burned to keep from fraying. Snaps are setusing guides and high air pressure

Page 254: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

253

BELT KEEPERS, CLASSIFIED BIANCHI ACCUMOLD ELITE STYLE #7906 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, PLAIN FINISH, HIDDEN SNAP, 4 PACK

MATERIAL #10055986

ACCUMOLD ELITE KEEPER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

Dual snap closure • Sold in 4-pack • 1” width, hidden snaps, plain finish.

Page 255: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

254

FLASHLIGHT HOLDER, CLASSIFIED BIANCHI ACCUMOLD ELITE STYLE #7909 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, PLAIN FINISH, HIDDEN SNAP

MATERIAL #10055987

FLASHLIGHT HOLDER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

The 7909 AccuMold® Elite™ Flashlight Holder features a molded plastic ring which locks the flashlight in position. Fits 2.25 in. (58 mm) duty belts with a Snap-On belt loop and accommodates D-cell lights.

Page 256: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

255

BATON RING, CLASSIFIED BIANCHI ACCUMOLD ELITE STYLE #7904 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, PLAIN FINISH

MATERIAL #10019701

BATON RING SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

AccuMold Side Handle baton Holder-Model #7904-MFG #22086, plain black.

Page 257: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

256

BATON GROMMET HWC STYLE #RG-2 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT,

MATERIAL #10041714

BATON GROMMET SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

SPECIFICATIONS:

The grommet shall be a black neoprene rubber sleeve to be slipped over the baton and positioned 8 inches from one end. The inside diameter shall be 1-1/6 inches. The grommet's overall length shall be 1-5/8 inches. The outside diameter at the butt end shall be 1-9/16 inches, tapering evenly to 1-1/4 inches at the end nearest the front end of the baton. The Kirkhill Company Crutch Tip No. 21 or department approved equivalent (with end punched out) or comparable item may be used.

Page 258: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

257

BATON, WOODEN HWC STYLE #LAPD-26 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT,

MATERIAL #10045313

WOODEN BATON SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

The regulation wooden baton for the Houston Police Department shall be made from high-density, close and straight grain, second growth hickory or oak. The baton shall weigh not less than 15 nor more than 18 ounces. It shall not be loaded or weighted in any manner. It shall be 26 inches in length. It shall be cylinder-turned to a diameter of 1-1/4 inches, with both ends rounded. It shall be smooth-sanded and stained black.

Page 259: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

258

BATON, PR-24 MONADNOCK STYLE #1201 ALUMINUM PR-24 BATON STANDARD SIDE HANDLE W/ TRUMBULL STOP OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, BLACK

MATERIAL #10057136

PR-24 BATON SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

This PR-24® side-handle baton offers maximum protection. It is the most field-tested baton for blocking, controlling and striking. Made in the USA with a limited lifetime guarantee. PR-24 STANDARD SIDE HANDLE BATON WITH TRUMBULL STOP KNURLED GRIP 24” ALUMINUM, COLOR: BLACK

Page 260: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

259

BATON, TRAINING, PR-24 MONADNOCK STYLE #5101 PR-24 TRAINING BATON OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, WHITE

MATERIAL #10057345

PR-24 TRAINING BATON SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

FEATURES:

Polyurethane low density one-piece flexible 1 1/4inch (3.18cm) diameter baton with a trumble stop handle molded to body at a right angle with a grenade grip. Polycarbonate holder model 3010. Assorted ring styles are available. Diameter of 1.25 inches (3.18 cm), weight of 9.8 ounces (277.83 grams), side handle length of 5.25 inches (13.34 cm)

Page 261: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

260

WHISTLE ROTHCO STYLE #10356 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10057974

WHISTLE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample items.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style.

SPECIFICATIONS:

Style 10356 – Rothco GI Type Police Whistle with 30” Lanyard

Silver Plated Nickel

Page 262: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

261

NOMEX FLIGHT SUIT, SHIRT GIBSON & BARNES SENTINEL MODEL SB2M1ES OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, SAGE GREEN

MATERIAL #10058368

NOMEX SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

SPECIFICATIONS:

Nomex Flight Suit SHIRT- Houston Police Air Support Velcro patch sewn on right and left shoulders. Front zipper closure, flat bottom hemline, hanger neck, cloth zipper pull on front zipper, Mil style shoulder pads, Mil. Style sleeves w/Velcro tabs. Round mil. Style collar, double topstitched, Corded Mil. Style bellow left sleeve pocket w/4 slot pen/pencil and FOD cover, set 1 forward from standard. Corded Mil style chest pockets-Men’s size: 30-36=6 zippers, size: 38-up=7 zippers. Ladies size: 2-14=6 zipper, size 16-up=7 zipper, Under-sleeve reinforcement. Nametag Velcro on right side and badge sewn on left side and Velcro patches sewn on both shoulders

Page 263: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

262

NOMEX FLIGHT SUIT, PANTS GIBSON & BARNES SENTINEL MODEL TB1M1ES OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, SAGE GREEN

MATERIAL #10058854

NOMEX PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

SPECIFICATIONS:

Nomex Flight Suit PANT-Front trouser pockets, Rear pockets w/button & loop closure on left rear, Corded mil. Style right & left thigh pockets-7” zipper, Mil. Style knife pocket w/snap, reinforcement on waistband behind closure hooks, corded mil. Style leg pockets-8.5” zippers, zipper front fly w/metal hook & loop, Inside Ban-roll waistband finishing, seven belt loops, leg zippers-10” zippers, and topstitched hem

Page 264: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

263

DRESS UNIFORM, COMMAND STAFF, JACKET, MALE / FEMALE MARLOWE & WHITE STYLE #69-220 (MALE) / 09-301 (FEMALE) OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, MIDNIGHT BLUE

MATERIAL #10055988

COMMAND DRESS COAT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

COAT FEATURES:

Available in Midnight Blue:

55% Polyester 45% Wool, lightweight tropical cloth, mil-spec

Military specification cloth and manufacturing

Acetate twill lining provides better moisture absorption and also drapes well allowing the coat to conform to body contours without clinging

Page 265: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

264

SPECIFICATIONS

Four (4) button, single breasted, straight front, semi-form fitting, with notch lapels and epaulets. Gold

“P” buttons. Shall not be over 1-7/8" wide in back when finished. The under collar shall be closely

padded with under collar cloth. Edges shall be single stitched 3/16". Plain seams, pressed open.

There shall be a separate badge tab made of the same material as the garment, approximately 1-1/2" wide

and 2-1/4" long with two (2) stitched eyelets, approximately 1-1/2" apart, sewn to the outside left breast

of the coat so that the lower point of the badge is 1" above the breast pocket button. All buttonholes shall

be made to a full 1/2" from the edges of the seam. The ends of all buttonholes shall be bartacked. All

buttonholes shall be "cut after" machine made buttonholed. All thread used in making buttonholes shall

be black silk, tailor's button twist, colorfast and guaranteed against fading.

A sleeve sweat shield of the same cloth as in the body of the coat, piped with rayon to be securely set

under each arm over the lining. All body seams shall have outlets of not less than 1" and turn up at sleeve

cuffs to be not less than 2-1/2". Houston Police Department emblems shall be on both shoulders.

ALTERATIONS

The bidder shall be available to measure officers on an “as needed” basis as well as being available to alter pants for a custom fit during regular business hours (7:00 am – 4:00 pm Monday through Friday). The availability of the supplier to measure police officers and complete alterations within 24 hours may be required.

CUSTOMIZATION:

Houston Police Department emblems shall be sewn on both shoulders. Jackets will have zero (0) to four (4) stripes added to each sleeve depending on rank. They must have a care label permanently affixed and must also have a size label showing fiber content.

Page 266: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

265

ALL WEATHER COAT, COMMAND STAFF ANCHOR UNIFORM STYLE #261MT (MALE) / 261LT (FEMALE) OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, NAVY

MATERIAL #10021809

COMMAND RAIN COAT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES

Made in USA

Page 267: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

266

Permanent lining 100% polyester

Split raglan shoulder

Single back vent

Cut through pockets

Treated with Dupont TeflonTM fabric protector for water & stain repellency

Zipout liner Thinsulate™ quilted body 100g with sleeve warmer

Front and back yokes

Permanent epaulets

Page 268: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

267

DRESS PANT, COMMAND STAFF, MALE / FEMALE MARLOWE WHITE STYLE #69-521 (MALE) / 69-523 (FEMALE) OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, MIDNIGHT NAVY

MATERIAL #10055989

COMMAND DRESS PANT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Slightly fuller in the hip, seat and waist than our regular dress trousers

Reinforced inside pockets

Rubberized shirt stay at waistband

ALTERATIONS

The bidder shall be available to measure officers on an “as needed” basis as well as being available to alter pants for a custom fit during regular business hours (7:00 am – 4:00 pm Monday through Friday). The availability of the supplier to measure police officers and complete alterations within 24 hours may be required.

Page 269: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

268

DRESS SHOE, COMMAND STAFF, MALE/FEMALE THOROGOOD STYLE #831-6031 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10055990

COMMAND DRESS SHOE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

Height: 3" Upper: High-gloss Poromeric that is easy to maintain Outsole: Blown rubber that is oil and slip resistant Midsole: Rubber Composite shank for stability Comfort weave lining Removable EVA footbed featuring a Poron 4000 heel pad for comfort Heavy-duty cement construction Soft toe Made in USA

Page 270: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

269

DRESS SHIRT, COMMAND STAFF, MALE/FEMALE EDWARDS STYLE #1965-00 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10055992

COMMAND DRESS SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

70% COTTON, 30% POLYESTER, 4.5 OZ WT., Pinpoint long sleeve dress shirt in Cotton rich 80’s 2-ply fabric, Point collar and left chest pocket, Two button adjustable cuff, Back box pleat and singleneedle tailoring, Machine washable.

CUSTOMIZATION:

HPD EMBLEMS ON SHOULDERS.

Page 271: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

270

TIE, CLIP ON SAM BROOME STYLE #45015 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES, DARK NAVY

MATERIAL #10049999

CLIP ON TIE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their sample garments.

Bidders must enclose evidence (dated manufacturers catalogs or similar) that this item is currently a commercial in-stock style. The successful bidder must be able to provide a full size run of try-on garments within 10 days for agency approval.

FEATURES:

3-1/2" Ready-made, Bendover Tie (Metal Clip) Necktie, 75% Polyester and 25% Wool with pre-tied knot ("Broome" Knot is acceptable), French cuff ends. Pre-tied on large metal bendover clip,knot lock tacked in place. Necktie to have loop label with label sewn on separate ends. Threebutton holes in tie to match button location on shirts.

Length: 12 ½” - 22”

Color: Navy #61

Weight of fabric: 4 to 5 ounces per square yard.

Page 272: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

271

PATCH, CORPORAL TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10035025

CORPORAL PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

See attached picture for overall size, shape, color and layout. Emblem is to measure 3” at widest point by 3 ½” at the highest point. Embroidery detail to be same size, height and weight as shown in picture.

Background: Dark navy blue with 2 silver chevrons. Twill patch with merrowed edge.

Color: To match existing uniform patch.

Page 273: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

272

PATCH, CHEVRON, SMALL TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10033096

SMALL CHEVRON PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

SPECIFICATIONS:

See attached picture for overall size, shape, color and layout. Emblem is to measure 3" at widest point by 4" at the highest point. Embroidery detail and lettering to be same size, height and weight as shown on picture. This emblem must have an overlock border.

Any configuration that does not have substantial concave curves and/or inside angles must be overlocked. The overlock type border must consist of:

TOP PORTION: Two separate ends of 300 denier 2 ply rayon or 5 separate ends of 150 denier 2 ply rayon.

Page 274: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

273

BOTTOM PORTION: Two separate ends of cotton or cotton polyester in a matching color to the top portion of the overlock. Clear monofilament is not permitted.

The overlock edge must be overrun a minimum of 3/8", and the end threads must be securely fastened to the back of the emblem or pulled through the entire length of the overrun. Neither method should effect the appearance of the emblem after attachment or make the emblem difficult to attach. Securing overrun with tape will not be permitted.

The manufacturer must certify that the overlock border will be applied in such a manner as to prevent it from pulling loose from the edge of the emblem, that it will be of a density to completely cover the fabric edge of the emblem, and that after proper attachment to a garment it will not curl after washing or dry cleaning.

The color of the overlocked marrow edge must be dark navy blue.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL (FABRIC): TWILL

The twill background material cannot be mill seconds. The material must be colorfast, 6-1/2 x 7-1/2 ounce, cotton/polyester (50% or more polyester content) permanent press, cured and preshrunk (resin impregnated and oven cured).

The background material color must be dark navy blue.

EMBROIDERING Emblems must be machine embroidered on embroidery machines with numerical control devices. Thread colors and size are identified as follows, and are similar in color to Pantone Matching Systems (PMS):

COLOR PMS DENIER

PLATINUM PMS #427 150/2

Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type, in a schiffli twist, in the deniers specified above. Emblems must contain not less than 3760 stitches 7520 revolutions, not including the stitching of the overlocked edge.

Stitch scale shall preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color. Underlay stitching shall give a full three-dimensional appearance to the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

FINISHING A plastic film or plasticized non-woven must be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure and cause the film to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees Fahrenheit in an alkaline solution and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive, nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

The backing must be applied in such a manner as to preclude crushing flattening or depressing of the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing.

Page 275: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

274

The backing material must completely coat all raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions.

The finished emblem must be cut to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

WORKMANSHIP There is to be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem must show a clear cut execution and must be clean; neatly made, and with full tension on all threads. The finished product must show no broken stitches, nor may any stitches be out of proper alignment.

Any repairs or mending must be done so that they do not affect the appearance or serviceability of the emblem. The emblem must not curl and must appear flat and smooth after attachment. The finished product must conform to the quality standard of this specification in all characteristics.

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials must be certified washable and dry cleanable or dry cleanable only (felt) by the manufacturer. For orders of more than 50,000 pieces, end item testing by the International Fabricare Institute or a similar testing agency may be required.

Page 276: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

275

PATCH, CHEVRON, LARGE TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10036893

LARGE CHEVRON PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DIMENSIONS

See attached picture for overall size, shape, color and layout. Emblem is to measure 3" at widest point by 4-1/2" at the highest point. Embroidery detail to be same size, height and weight as shown in picture.

BORDER This emblem must have an over-lock border. Any configuration that does not have substantial concave curves and/or inside angles must be over-locked.

The over-lock type border must consist of:

Page 277: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

276

TOP PORTION: Two separate ends of 300 denier 2 ply rayon or 5 separate ends of 150 denier 2 ply rayon.

BOTTOM PORTION: Two separate ends of cotton or cotton polyester in a matching color to the top portion of the over-lock. Clear monofilament is not permitted.

The over-lock edge must be overrun a minimum of 3/8", and the end threads must be securely fastened to the back of the emblem or pulled through the entire length of the overrun. Neither method should affect the appearance of the emblem after attachment or make the emblem difficult to attach. Securing overrun with tape will not be permitted.

The manufacturer must certify that the over lock border will be applied in such a manner as to prevent it from pulling loose from the edge of the emblem, that it will be of a density to completely cover the fabric edge of the emblem, and that after proper attachment to a garment it will not curl after washing or dry cleaning.

The color of the over locked marrow edge must be dark navy blue.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL (FABRIC)-TWILL The twill background material cannot be mill seconds. The material must be colorfast, 6-1/2 x 7-1/2 ounce, cotton/polyester (50% or more polyester content) permanent press, cured and preshrunk (resin impregnated and oven cured).

The background material color must be black.

EMBROIDERING

Emblems must be machine embroidered on embroidery machines with numerical control devices. Thread colors and size are identified as follows, and are similar in color to Pantone Matching Systems (PMS):

COLOR PMS DENIER

PLATINUM PMS #427 150/2

Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type, in a schiffli twist, in the deniers specified above.

Emblems must contain not less than 1750 stitches 3500 revolutions, not including the stitching of the over-locked edge.

Stitch scale shall preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color. Underlay stitching shall give a full three-dimensional appearance to the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

FINISHING A plastic film or plasticized non- woven must be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure and cause the film to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees Fahrenheit in an alkaline solution and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive, nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

Page 278: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

277

The backing must be applied in such a manner as to preclude crushing flattening or depressing of the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing.

The backing material must completely coat all raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions.

The finished emblem must be cut to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

WORKMANSHIP There is to be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem must show a clear cut execution and must be clean; neatly made, and with full tension on all threads. The finished product must show no broken stitches, nor may any stitches be out of proper alignment. Any repairs or mending must be done so that they do not affect the appearance or serviceability of the emblem. The emblem must not curl and must appear flat and smooth after attachment. The finished product must conform to the quality standard of this specification in all characteristics.

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials must be certified washable and dry cleanable or dry cleanable only (felt) by the manufacturer. For orders of more than 50,000 pieces, end item testing by the International Fabricare Institute or a similar testing agency may be required.

Page 279: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

278

PATCH, SHOULDER, HPD TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10044424

HPD SHOULDER PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DIMENSIONS Emblem is to measure 4 1/8" at the widest point by 5" at the highest point. Embroidery detail and lettering shall be exact size, height, weight and shape as shown in the attached picture.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL Background shall be dark navy first quality manufacture (Cone Mills, Graniteville or equivalent) and cannot be purchased as mill seconds. The material is to be vat dyed 7 to 7 1/2 oz.. 65/35

Page 280: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

279

polyester/cotton, permanent press type goods, cured and preshrunk (resin-impregnated and oven cured).

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials MUST be Certified Washable by the International Fabricare Institute. Each package of finished emblems MUST contain a label indicating the International Fabricare Institute approval. Test reports MUST be kept on file available for inspection for one (1) year after the materials are used.

EMBROIDERY Emblems shall be embroidered on either a schiffli, multi-head or a comparable machine to produce emblems meeting these specifications. Thread colors shall match previous emblems. Thread shall be rayon yarn, finest quality, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type not to exceed:

ALL FIELDS 150/2 denier for large elements in the design and 100/2 for the smaller elements and all

lettering.

ALL LETTERING AND DETAIL WORK 100/2 denier for large elements in the design and 75/2 for the smaller elements and all

lettering. 150/2 denier for all elements and all lettering. 100/2 denier for all elements and all lettering. 75/2 denier for all elements and all lettering.

Emblems shall contain not less than 8500* stitches, not including the stitching on the over-locked merrow edge. *Use only genuine color names.

Stitch scale shall preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color and uneven mating (register) of color elements in the emblem geometry. Underlay stitching shall give a full three dimensional appearance to the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THE EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

OVERLOCKED MERROW EDGE An over-locked merrow edge must be applied to the emblem after the loom operation. A running stitch shall be supported by a zig-zag stitch, which shall be applied under the over-locked merrow edge to prevent the merrow edge from pulling away from the base fabric. A straight line running stitch will not serve the purpose.

The over-locked merrow edge shall consist of SEVEN SEPARATE THREADS: Five (5) 150/2 denier rayon threads for the top portion of the edge and TWO (2) 20/2 denier COTTON threads for the underneath or backside of the emblem. Less than SEVEN (7) threads in the edge as herein specified or THE USE OF NYLON THREAD IN ANY PART OF THE EDGE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.

Edge density must be at least twenty-two (22) threads per inch.

The over-locked merrow edge shall be overrun a minimum of 3/8". Threads can be pulled through, pasted down, taped, knotted, or tied. The color of the over-locked merrow edge is to be black.

FINISHING A plastic film sheet shall be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure and cause the material to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able

Page 281: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

280

to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees F in an alkaline solution and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

The film must be applied in such manner as to preclude crushing, flattening or depressing the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing. The finishing process of film stabilization must be applied under constant inspection.

The plastic finishing material must completely coat any raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions.

The finished emblem must be die-cut with steel dies to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

An open weave buckram must be used on the loom to give stability to the base material.

WORKMANSHIP There must be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem shall show a clear cut execution and shall be clean, neatly made, and with full tension on all threads. It must be capable of lying completely flat on a smooth surface. Threads cannot buckle or show underlay when the emblem is bent.

The finished product can show no broken stitches, nor any stitches out of proper alignment. No part of the emblem may be mended or repaired by non-embroidery methods. The finished product shall conform to the quality standards of this specification in all characteristics. All work shall be performed and completed in a thorough, workmanlike manner and in accordance with the latest proven practices of the trade by thoroughly skilled and experienced workmen.

SAMPLES Additionally, the successful bidder will be required to furnish a finished production sample of the design in this bid for consideration of vendor's ability to meet these specifications. Samples will be evaluated to determine compliance with all the characteristics listed for examination in the solicitation.

Each bidder must submit three (3) different samples, from his current production of emblems of similar size and complexity as the proposed emblem. These samples MUST be representative of the bidder’s highest production standard.

Additionally, the successful bidder will be required to furnish three (3) loomed and finished production samples of the design in this bid for consideration of vendor's ability to meet these specifications. These production samples must be approved by the Houston Police Department prior to manufacturing the entire quantity of emblems, and will be maintained for use in quality control and comparison when complete shipments are received. Any variance will be sufficient reason for rejection of a shipment.

Samples presented must contain all features and meet all standards of these specifications.

INSPECTION BY MANUFACTURER Individual inspection of each and every emblem is required. Each emblem shall be inspected against these specifications. No random sample inspection shall be allowed. All emblems which do

Page 282: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

281

not pass inspection shall be destroyed by the vendor immediately and not allowed to be distributed to any parties other than the Houston Police Department.

DELIVERY The location for delivery will be Uniform Supply, 700 Houston Avenue, Houston, TX 77007.

EXAMPLES Examples of the patches currently in use are available for viewing at the City of Houston Police Department, Uniform Supply Section, 700 Houston Avenue, Houston, Texas, between the hours of 6:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday.

Page 283: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

282

PATCH, BADGE, TRADITIONAL, SILVER/GOLD TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10028521

TRADITIONAL BADGE PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

(MATERIAL # 10028521) (MATERIAL # 10028520) DESIGN Police shield measures 3 1/4" from top point to bottom point. Widest point to measure 3" styled as pictured. Color: Background to be gold or silver as specified upon ordering with fully Swiss stitch embroidered. The outline, lettering, scrolls and central star shall be embroidered with black

Patch shall be 100% embroidered in usually four (4) colors, sample will be provided upon request. 100% embroidered background shall be white. Material: All embroidery yarn shall be colorfast. Patches shall be sewn on to item using polyester thread.

Both pockets will remain open and usable. Police Department patch will be sewn ¾” above the pocket on the left side of the shirt. Patch embroidery yarn shall be colorfast and shall be sewn on to item using polyester thread.

Page 284: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

283

PATCH, FLEET MANAGEMENT TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10049928

FLEET MANAGEMENT PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DESIGN Dark navy blue patch 2” in diameter. The patch has gold (PMS #116) detailed embroidery and lettering the same size, height and weight of sample picture. This emblem must have an over-lock border.

Any configuration that does not have substantial concave curves and/or inside angles must be over-locked. Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament cellulose type, in a schiffli twist, in the deniers specified above.

Emblem must contain no less than 3476 stitches 6952 revolutions, not including the stitching of the over-locked edge. Stitch scale must preclude “bleeding” through the background material color.

Underlay stitching shall give a full three-dimensional appearance of the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

FINISHING A finish film or plasticized non woven must be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure and cause the film to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperature in excess of 300 degrees Fahrenheit in an alkaline solution

Page 285: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

284

and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive, nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

The backing must be applied in such a manner as to preclude crushing, flattening or depressing of the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentation or depression in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing. The backing material must completely coat all raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions. The finished emblem must be cut to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

There is to be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem must show a clear cut execution and must be clean, neatly made, and with full tension on all threads. The finished product must show no broken stitches, nor stitches of improper alignment. Any repairs or mending must be done so that they do not affect the appearance or serviceability of the emblem. The emblem must not curl and must appear flat and smooth after attachment. The finished product must conform to the quality standard of this specification in all characteristics.

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials must be certified washable and dry cleanable of dry cleanable only (felt) by the manufacture. For orders of more than 50,000 pieces, end item testing by the International Fabricare Institute or a similar testing agency may be required. This emblem must have an over-lock border.

DEFINITION Any configuration that does not have substantial concave curves and/or inside angles must be over-locked. The over-lock type border must consist of:

TOP PORTION: Two (2) separate ends of 300 denier 2 ply rayon or five (5) separate ends of 150 denier 2-ply rayon.

BOTTOM PORTION: Two (2) separate ends of cotton or cotton polyester in a matching color to the top portion of the over-lock. Clear non-filament is not permitted.

The over-lock edge must be overrun a minimum of 3/8”, and the end threads must be securely fastened to the back of the emblem or pulled through the entire length of the overrun. Neither method should affect the appearance of the emblem after attachment or make the emblem difficult to attach. Securing overrun with tape will not be permitted.

The manufacturer must certify that the over-lock border will be applied in such a manner as to prevent it from pulling loose from the edge of the emblem, that it will be a density to completely cover the fabric edge of the emblem, and that after proper attachment to a garment it will not curl after washing or dry cleaning. The color of the over-locked marrow edge must be navy blue #282.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL (FABRIC) - TWILL The twill background material must be first quality and cannot be mill seconds. The material must be colorfast, 6-1/2 x 7-1/2 ounce, cotton/fpolyester (50% or more polyester content) permanent press, cured and preshrunk (resin impregnated and oven cured). The background material must be navy blue PMS #123.

Page 286: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

285

EMBROIDERING Emblems must be machine embroidered on embroidery machine with numerical central devices. Thread colors and size are identified as follows, and are similar in color to Pantone Matching Systems (PMS):

COLOR Black

Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament cellulose type, in a schiffli twist, in the deniers specified above.

Emblem must contain no less than 3476 stitches 6952 revolutions, not including the stitching of the over-locked edge.

Stitch scale shall preclude “bleeding” through the background material color. Underlay stitching shall give a full three-dimensional appearance of the design.

Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

DIMENSIONS Thread colors and size are identified as follows, and are similar in color to Pantone Matching Systems (PMS):

COLOR PMS DENIER

GOLD #123 100/2

BLACK

Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type, in a schiffli twist, in the deniers specified above.

Emblems must contain not less than 5610 stitches 11,220 revolutions, not including the stitching of the over-locked edge.

Stitch scale shall preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color. Underlay stitching shall give a full three-dimensional appearance to the design.

Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

Page 287: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

286

PATCH, EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10050381

ECD PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DIMENSIONS See attached pictures for overall size, shape, color and layout. Emblem is to measure 3" in diameter. Embroidery detail and lettering shall be same size, height and weight as shown on drawing.

BORDER (OVERLOCK TYPE) This emblem must have an over-lock border. Any configuration that does not have substantial concave curves and/or inside angles must be over-locked. The over-lock type border must consist of:

TOP PORTION: One end of 300 denier 4 ply rayon or two (2) separate ends of 300 denier 2 ply rayon or five (5) separate ends of 150 denier 2 ply rayon.

BOTTOM PORTION: Two (2) separate ends of cotton or cotton polyester in a matching color to the top portion of the over-lock. Clear monofilament is not permitted.

The over-lock edge must be overrun a minimum of 3/8", and the end threads must be securely fastened to the back of the emblem or pulled through the entire length of the overrun. Neither

Page 288: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

287

method should affect the appearance of the emblem after attachment or make the emblem difficult to attach. Securing overrun with tape will not be permitted.

The manufacturer must certify that the over-lock border will be applied in such a manner as to prevent it from pulling loose from the emblem that it will be of a density to completely cover the fabric edge of the emblem, and that after proper attachment to a garment it will not curl after washing or dry cleaning. The color of the over-locked marrow edge must be navy blue #282.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL (FABRIC) – TWILL The twill background material must be first quality and cannot be mill seconds. The material must be colorfast, 6-1/2 x 7-1/2 ounce, cotton/polyester (50% or more polyester content) permanent press, cured and preshrunk (resin impregnated and oven cured). The background material color must be white or gold PMS #123.

EMBROIDERING Emblems must be machine embroidered on embroidery machines with numerical control devices.

Thread colors and size are identified as follows, and are similar in color to Pantone Matching Systems (PMS):

COLOR PMS DENIER

NAVY BLUE PMS #282 100/2

GREY PMS #422 100/2

MED BLUE PMS #284 100/2

Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type, in a schiffli twist, in the deniers specified above. Emblems must contain not less than 2950 stitches 5900 revolutions, not including the stitching of the over-locked edge.

Stitch scale must be of a density to preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color. There must be an underlay stitching to give a full three-dimensional appearance to the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

FINISHING A plastic film or plasticized non- woven must be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure to cause the film to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees F in an alkaline solution and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive, nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

The backing must be applied in such a manner as to preclude crushing flattening or depressing of the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing.

The backing material must completely coat all raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions.

The finished emblem must be cut to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

Page 289: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

288

WORKMANSHIP There is to be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem must show a clear cut execution and must be clean; neatly made, and with full tension on all threads.

The finished product must show no broken stitches, nor may any stitches be out of proper alignment. Any repairs or mending must be done so that they do not affect the appearance or serviceability of the emblem.

The emblem must not curl and must appear flat and smooth after attachment. The finished product must conform to the quality standard of this specification in all characteristics.

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials must be certified washable and dry cleanable only (felt) by the manufacturer. For orders of more than 50,000 pieces, end item testing by the International Fabricare Institute or a similar testing agency may be required.

Page 290: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

289

POLICE MOURNING BADGE COVER TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10013407

MOURNING BADGE COVER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

See attached picture for overall size, shape, color and layout. A cloth embroidered wraparound attachment with Velcro self-adhering ends. Velcro ends are sewn on. The badge color is black trimmed in blue. Woven on the cover is the Latin Verse: "NEMO ME IMPUNE LACESSIT," in gold lettering. The badge size is 5-1/2" length by 1" width, per specifications.

Page 291: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

290

PATCH, POLICE SERVICE OFFICER TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10049931

PSO PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DIMENSIONS See attached picture for overall size, shape, color and layout. Emblem is to measure 3" in diameter. Embroidery detail and lettering to be same the size, height and weight as shown on drawing or sample.

BORDER This emblem must have an over-lock border.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL (FABRIC) TWILL The twill background material must be first quality and cannot be mill seconds. The material must be colorfast, 6-1/2 x 7-1/2 ounce, cotton/polyester (50% or more polyester content) permanent press, cured and preshrunk (resin impregnated and oven cured). The background material color must be midnight navy blue PMS# 296C.

Page 292: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

291

EMBROIDERING Emblems must be machine embroidered on embroidery machines with numerical control devices. Thread colors and size are identified as follows, and are similar in color to Pantoon Matching Systems (PMS).

COLOR PMS DENIER

GOLD PMS# 116 100/2

Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type, in a schiffi twist, in the deniers specified above.

Emblems must contain not less than 3476 stitches 6952 revolutions, not including the stitching of the over-locked edge. Stitch scale must be of a density to preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color.

There must be an underlay stitching to give a full three-dimensional appearance to the design.

Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

OVERLOCK TYPE Any configuration that does not have substantial concave curves and/or inside angles must be over-locked. The over-lock type border must consist of:

TOP PORTION: One end of 300 denier 4 ply rayon or 2 separate ends of 300 denier 2 ply rayon or 5 separate ends of 150 denier 2 ply rayon.

BOTTOM PORTION: Two separate ends of cotton or cotton polyester in a matching color to the top portion of the over-lock. Clear monofilament is not permitted.

The over-lock edge must be overrun a minimum of 3/8", and the end threads must be securely fastened to the back of the emblem or pulled through the entire length of the overrun. Neither method should affect the appearance of the emblem after attachment or make the emblem difficult to attach. Securing overrun with tape will not be permitted.

The manufacturer must certify that the over-lock border will be applied in such a manner as to prevent it from pulling loose from the emblem that it will be of a density to completely cover the fabric edge of the emblem, and that after proper attachment to a garment it will not curl after washing or dry cleaning.

The color of the over-locked marrow edge must be gold PMS #116.

FINISHING A plastic film or plasticized non- woven must be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure to cause the film to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees F in an alkaline solution and

Page 293: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

292

must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive, nor should it.

The backing must be applied in such a manner as to preclude crushing, flattening or depressing of the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during filming. The backing material must completely coat all raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions.

The finished emblem must be cut to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

WORKMANSHIP There is to be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem must show a clean cut execution and must be clean; neatly made, and will full tension on all threads. The finished product must show no broken stitches, nor may any stitches be out of proper alignment. Any repairs or mending must be done so that they do not affect the appearance or serviceability of the emblem. The emblem must not curl and must appear flat and smooth after attachment. The finished product must conform to the quality standard of this specification in all characteristics.

Page 294: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

293

PATCH, SERVICE BAR TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10014525 (1 BAR) MATERIAL #10014530 (7 BAR) MATERIAL #10047200 (2 BAR) MATERIAL #10047201 (8 BAR) MATERIAL #10014526 (3 BAR) MATERIAL #10014531 (9 BAR) MATERIAL #10014527 (4 BAR) MATERIAL #10049924 (10 BAR) MATERIAL #10014528 (5 BAR) MATERIAL #10049925 (11 BAR) MATERIAL #10014529 (6 BAR) MATERIAL #10049926 (12 BAR)

SERVICE BAR PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

SERVICE BARS Service bars are to be 1/4" wide by 1-7/8" long on a 30 degree angle in platinum on black background. There will be 1/8" spacing between bars. The bars will be embroidered with 65% polyester and 35% cotton, 7 oz.. to 8 oz.., wash and wear twill. All edges of the emblem will be 1/8" thread stitched border to prevent fraying. The "ground" material will be mounted on two layers of resinated and waxed cinoline and starched after embroidery is done. Embroidery threads will be 100/z rayon and nylon bobbin threads. Bars will be constructed from one (1) bar through twelve (12) bars as specified upon the order. (See attached photo of 4 bars).

Page 295: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

294

PATCH, HONOR GUARD TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10049927

HONOR GUARD PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DIMENSIONS Emblem is to measure 4 1/8" at the widest point by 5" at the highest point. Embroidery detail and lettering to be exact size, height, weight and shape. Rocker and patch to be constructed as one piece.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL Background shall be first quality manufacture (Cone Mills, Graniteville or equivalent) and cannot be purchased as mill seconds. The material is to be vat dyed 7 to 7 1/2 oz.. 65/35 polyester/cotton, permanent press type goods, cured and preshrunk (resin-impregnated and oven cured).

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials MUST be Certified Washable by the International Fabricare Institute. Each package of finished emblems MUST contain a label indicating the International Fabricare Institute approval.

Page 296: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

295

Test reports MUST be kept on file available for inspection for one (1) year after the materials are used.

EMBROIDERY Emblems shall be embroidered on either a schiffli, multi-head or a comparable machine to produce emblems meeting these specifications. Thread colors shall match previous emblems. Thread shall be rayon yarn, finest quality, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type. Color: Dark navy

ALL FIELDS

150/2 denier for large elements in the design and 100/2 for the smaller elements and all lettering.

ALL LETTERING AND DETAIL WORK 100/2 denier for large elements in the design and 75/2 for the smaller elements and all lettering.

150/2 denier for all elements and all lettering.

100/2 denier for all elements and all lettering.

75/2 denier for all elements and all lettering.

Emblems shall contain not less than 8500* stitches, not including the stitching on the over-locked merrow edge. *Use only genuine color names.

Stitch scale shall be of a density so as to preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color and uneven mating (register) of color elements in the emblem geometry. There shall be an underlay stitching to give a full three dimensional appearance to the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THE EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

OVERLOCKED MERROW EDGE An over-locked merrow edge must be applied to the emblem after the loom operation. A running stitch shall be supported by a zig-zag stitch, which shall be applied under the over-locked merrow edge to prevent the merrow edge from pulling away from the base fabric. A straight line running stitch will not serve the purpose.

The over-locked merrow edge shall consist of SEVEN SEPARATE THREADS: Five (5) 150/2 denier rayon threads for the top portion of the edge and TWO (2) 20/2 denier COTTON threads for the underneath or backside of the emblem. Less than SEVEN (7) threads in the edge as herein specified or THE USE OF NYLON THREAD IN ANY PART OF THE EDGE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.

Edge density must be at least twenty-two (22) threads per inch.

The over-locked merrow edge shall be overrun a minimum of 3/8". Threads can be pulled through, pasted down, taped, knotted, or tied. The color of the over-locked merrow edge is to be black.

FINISHING A plastic film sheet shall be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure to cause the material to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees F in an alkaline solution and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

Page 297: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

296

The film must be applied in such manner as to preclude crushing, flattening or depressing the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing. The finishing process of film stabilization must be applied under constant inspection.

The plastic finishing material must completely coat any raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions. The finished emblem must be die-cut with steel dies to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design. An open weave buckram must be used on the loom to give stability to the base material.

WORKMANSHIP There must be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem shall show a clear cut execution and shall be clean, neatly made, and with full tension on all threads. It must be capable of lying completely flat on a smooth surface. Threads cannot buckle or show underlay when the emblem is bent. The finished product can show no broken stitches, nor any stitches out of proper alignment. No part of the emblem may be mended or repaired by non-embroidery methods. The finished product shall conform to the quality standards of this specification in all characteristics. All work shall be performed and completed in a thorough, workmanlike manner and in accordance with the latest proven practices of the trade by thoroughly skilled and experienced workmen.

SAMPLES Additionally, the successful bidder will be required to furnish a finished production sample of the design in this bid for consideration of vendor's ability to meet these specifications. Samples will be evaluated to determine compliance with all the characteristics listed for examination in the solicitation. Each bidder must submit three (3) different samples, from his current production of emblems of similar size and complexity as the proposed emblem. These samples MUST be representative of the bidder’s highest production standard.

Additionally, the successful bidder will be required to furnish three (3) loomed and finished production samples of the design in this bid for consideration of vendor's ability to meet these specifications. These production samples must be approved by the Police Department prior to manufacturing the entire quantity of emblems, and will be maintained for use in quality control and comparison when complete shipments are received. Any variance will be sufficient reason for rejection of a shipment. Samples presented must contain all features and meet all standards of these specifications.

INSPECTION BY MANUFACTURER Individual inspection of each and every emblem is required. Each emblem shall be inspected against these specifications. No random sample inspection shall be allowed. All emblems which do not pass inspection shall be destroyed by the vendor immediately and not allowed to be distributed to any parties other than the Houston Police Department.

DELIVERY The location for delivery will be stated by the Houston Police Department.

Page 298: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

297

EXAMPLES Examples of the patches currently in use are available for viewing at the City of Houston Police Department, Uniform Supply Section, 700 Houston Avenue, Houston, Texas, between the hours of 7:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday.

Page 299: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

298

PATCH, HOUSTON POLICE ACADEMY TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10014544

POLICE ACADEMY PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DIMENSIONS See attached picture for overall size, shape, color and layout. Emblem is to measure 4" at widest point by 4" at the highest point. Embroidery detail and lettering to be same size, height and weight as shown on drawing.

BORDER (OVERLOCK TYPE) This emblem must have an over-lock border. Any configuration that does not have substantial concave curves and/or inside angles must be over-locked. The over-lock type border must consist of:

TOP PORTION: One end of 300 denier 4 ply rayon or two (2) separate ends of 300 denier 2 ply rayon or five (5) separate ends of 150 denier 2 ply rayon.

Page 300: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

299

BOTTOM PORTION: Two separate ends of cotton or cotton polyester in a matching color to the top portion of the over-lock. Clear monofilament is not permitted.

The over-lock edge must be overrun a minimum of 3/8", and the end threads must be securely fastened to the back of the emblem or pulled through the entire length of the overrun. Neither method should affect the appearance of the emblem after attachment or make the emblem difficult to attach. Securing overrun with tape will not be permitted.

The manufacturer must certify that the over-lock border will be applied in such a manner as to prevent it from pulling loose from the emblem that it will be of a density to completely cover the fabric edge of the emblem, and that after proper attachment to a garment it will not curl after washing or dry cleaning.

The color of the over-locked marrow edge must be royal blue PMS #287.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL (FABRIC) – TWILL The twill background material must be first quality and cannot be mill seconds. The material must be colorfast, 6-1/2 x 7-1/2 ounce, cotton/polyester (50% or more polyester content) permanent press, cured and preshrunk (resin impregnated and oven cured). The background material color must be white.

EMBROIDERING Emblems must be machine embroidered on embroidery machines with numerical control devices. Thread colors and size are identified as follows, and are similar in color to Pantone Matching Systems (PMS):

COLOR PMS DENIER

ROYAL BLUE #287 100/2

FLAME #032 100/2

Thread must be rayon yard, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type, in a schiffli twist, in the deniers specified above. Emblems must contain not less than 2500 stitches 5000 revolutions, not including the stitching of the over-locked edge.

Stitch scale must be of a density to preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color. There must be an underlay stitching to give a full three-dimensional appearance to the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THIS EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

FINISHING A plastic film or plasticized non -woven must be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure to cause the film to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees F in an alkaline solution and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive, nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

Page 301: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

300

The backing must be applied in such a manner as to preclude crushing flattening or depressing of the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing. The backing material must completely coat all raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions. The finished emblem must be cut to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

WORKMANSHIP There is to be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem must show a clear cut execution and must be clean; neatly made, and with full tension on all threads. The finished product must show no broken stitches, nor may any stitches be out of proper alignment. Any repairs or mending must be done so that they do not affect the appearance or serviceability of the emblem. The emblem must not curl and must appear flat and smooth after attachment. The finished product must conform to the quality standard of this specification in all characteristics.

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials must be certified washable and dry cleanable or dry cleanable only (felt) by the manufacturer. For orders of more than 50,000 pieces, end item testing by the International Fabricare Institute or a similar testing agency may be required.

Page 302: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

301

PATCH, POLICE EXPLORER POST VARIOUS POST NUMBERS, TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10058852

POLICE EXPLORER POST PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Page 303: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

302

PATCH, POLICE EXPLORER GENERIC TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10058853

POLICE EXPLORER GENERIC PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Page 304: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

303

PATCH, SHOULDER, HPD, SPECIALIZED VARIOUS COLORS / GRAPHICS, TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10058506

HPD SHOULDER PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

DIMENSIONS Emblem is to measure 4 1/8" at the widest point by 5" at the highest point.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL Background shall be determined at time of order first quality manufacture (Cone Mills, Graniteville or equivalent) and cannot be purchased as mill seconds. The material is to be vat dyed 7 to 7 1/2

Page 305: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

304

oz. 65/35 polyester/cotton, permanent press type goods, cured and preshrunk (resin-impregnated and oven cured).

FABRIC AND THREAD CERTIFICATION All materials MUST be Certified Washable by the International Fabricare Institute. Each package of finished emblems MUST contain a label indicating the International Fabricare Institute approval. Test reports MUST be kept on file available for inspection for one (1) year after the materials are used.

EMBROIDERY Emblems shall be embroidered on either a schiffli, multi-head or a comparable machine to produce emblems meeting these specifications. Thread colors shall match previous emblems. Thread shall be rayon yarn, finest quality, continuous filament regenerated cellulose type not to exceed:

ALL FIELDS 150/2 denier for large elements in the design and 100/2 for the smaller elements and all lettering.

ALL LETTERING AND DETAIL WORK 100/2 denier for large elements in the design and 75/2 for the smaller elements and all lettering.

150/2 denier for all elements and all lettering.

100/2 denier for all elements and all lettering.

75/2 denier for all elements and all lettering.

Emblems shall contain not less than 8500* stitches, not including the stitching on the over-locked merrow edge. *Use only genuine color names.

Stitch scale shall be of a density so as to preclude "bleeding" through of the background material color and uneven mating (register) of color elements in the emblem geometry. There shall be an underlay stitching to give a full three dimensional appearance to the design. Double thread WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ANY PART OF THE EMBLEM. Single thread stitching must be used throughout.

OVERLOCKED MERROW EDGE An over-locked merrow edge must be applied to the emblem after the loom operation. A running stitch shall be supported by a zig-zag stitch, which shall be applied under the over-locked merrow edge to prevent the merrow edge from pulling away from the base fabric. A straight line running stitch will not serve the purpose.

The over-locked merrow edge shall consist of SEVEN SEPARATE THREADS: Five (5) 150/2 denier rayon threads for the top portion of the edge and TWO (2) 20/2 denier COTTON threads for the underneath or backside of the emblem. Less than SEVEN (7) threads in the edge as herein specified or THE USE OF NYLON THREAD IN ANY PART OF THE EDGE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.

Edge density must be at least twenty-two (22) threads per inch.

The over-locked merrow edge shall be overrun a minimum of 3/8". Threads can be pulled through, pasted down, taped, knotted, or tied. The color of the over-locked merrow edge is to be determined at time of order.

Page 306: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

305

FINISHING A plastic film sheet shall be bonded to the reverse side of the emblem with heat and pressure to cause the material to melt and bond to the fabric and bobbin threads. The film used must be able to withstand temperatures in excess of 300 degrees F in an alkaline solution and must be non-soluble in all commercial laundering fluids. Coating or film must NOT be chlorine retentive nor should it emit toxic gases when subject to heat.

The film must be applied in such manner as to preclude crushing, flattening or depressing the embroidery, nor may there be any jump or connecting stitch indentations or depressions in the embroidery caused by pressure during finishing. The finishing process of film stabilization must be applied under constant inspection.

The plastic finishing material must completely coat any raised elements on the back of the emblem, and fill all depressions.

The finished emblem must be die-cut with steel dies to the exact shape and geometry of the approved design.

An open weave buckram must be used on the loom to give stability to the base material.

WORKMANSHIP There must be no distortion of the exterior shape of the emblem. The finished emblem shall show a clear cut execution and shall be clean, neatly made, and with full tension on all threads. It must be capable of lying completely flat on a smooth surface. Threads cannot buckle or show underlay when the emblem is bent.

The finished product can show no broken stitches, nor any stitches out of proper alignment. No part of the emblem may be mended or repaired by non-embroidery methods. The finished product shall conform to the quality standards of this specification in all characteristics. All work shall be performed and completed in a thorough, workmanlike manner and in accordance with the latest proven practices of the trade by thoroughly skilled and experienced workmen.

SAMPLES Additionally, the successful bidder will be required to furnish a finished production sample of the design in this bid for consideration of vendor's ability to meet these specifications. Samples will be evaluated to determine compliance with all the characteristics listed for examination in the solicitation.

Each bidder must submit three (3) different samples, from his current production of emblems of similar size and complexity as the proposed emblem. These samples MUST be representative of the bidder’s highest production standard.

Additionally, the successful bidder will be required to furnish three (3) loomed and finished production samples of the design in this bid for consideration of vendor's ability to meet these specifications. These production samples must be approved by the Houston Police Department prior to manufacturing the entire quantity of emblems, and will be maintained for use in quality control and comparison when complete shipments are received. Any variance will be sufficient reason for rejection of a shipment.

Samples presented must contain all features and meet all standards of these specifications.

Page 307: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

306

INSPECTION BY MANUFACTURER Individual inspection of each and every emblem is required. Each emblem shall be inspected against these specifications. No random sample inspection shall be allowed. All emblems which do not pass inspection shall be destroyed by the vendor immediately and not allowed to be distributed to any parties other than the Houston Police Department.

DELIVERY The location for delivery will be Uniform Supply, 700 Houston Avenue, Houston, TX 77007.

EXAMPLES Examples of the patches currently in use are available for viewing at the City of Houston Police Department, Uniform Supply Section, 700 Houston Avenue, Houston, Texas, between the hours of 7:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday.

Page 308: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

307

PATCH, BADGE, WOVEN 2019 TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10058158

WOVEN BADGE PATCH SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

SPECIFICATIONS: Houston Police Texas Woven Badge – A7719-18GM, Size 3 ¾” x 2 5/8” woven with polyester threads plastic backing with stability 1/8” wide border-GS2628 merrow light gray-GS2830, medium gray-GS2844, dark gray-GS2860, gold-GS2314, Borwn-GS2229, white-GS2030.

Page 309: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

308

ASSIGNMENT PINS TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

ASSIGNMENT PIN SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

BASIC DESIGN The pin shall be Sixteen (16) gauge, 95% gliding metal. Finish: Rhodium with black enamel on plant and center logo with raised relief lettering Rhodium, two clutch posts on back side. Color: Gold or silver as specified upon request, black background (no longer blue) with two posts. Gold will be used for medals designated for supervisors.

DESCRIPTION STYLE # (PREMIER EMBLEMS)

MATERIAL # PHOTO

Motorcycle (Solo) APREM1954-1 #10013450

Page 310: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

309

RANK INSIGNIA PINS TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

RANK INSIGNIA PIN SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

ADD 1 STAR COMMANDER, TWO POST BLACKINTON 1” BLACKINTON STYLE #A5211-A

ADD 1 STAR COMMANDER 5/8”, TWO POST BLACKINTON, 5/8” BLACKINTON STYLE #A4888

STARS ON HORIZONTAL BAR - 2 STARS 1”:(MATERIAL # 10039302) The two (2) stars will be brass plated with decorative gold. Military style clutch. Size to be 1" on single bar with a 2" approximate length. The prongs will be 1/2" in length to be worn on dress coats. Tarnish proof

STARS ON HORIZONTAL BAR - 2 STARS 5/8” (MATERIAL # 10058851) The two (2) stars will be brass plated with decorative gold. Military style clutch. Size to be 5/8" on single bar. The prongs will be 3/8" in length for uniform shirts. Tarnish proof

STARS ON HORIZONTAL BAR - 3 STARS 1” (MATERIAL #10050384) The three (3) stars will be brass plated with decorative gold. Military style clutch. Size to be 1" on single bar with a 3" approximate length. The prongs will be 1/2" in length to be worn on dress coats. Tarnish proof

MATERIAL #10058870

MATERIAL #10058871

Page 311: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

310

STARS ON HORIZONTAL BAR - 3 STARS 5/8”(MATERIAL #10050384) The three (3) stars will be brass plated with decorative gold. Military style clutch. Size to be 5/8" on single bar. The prongs will be 3/8" in length for uniform shirts. Tarnish proof

STARS ON HORIZONTAL BAR - 4 STARS 1”(MATERIAL #10013441) The four (4) stars will be brass plated with decorative gold. Military style clutch. Size to be 1" on single bar with a 4" approximate length. The prongs will be 1/2" in length to be worn on dress coats. Tarnish proof

STARS ON HORIZONTAL BAR - 4 STARS 5/8”(MATERIAL #10013441) The four (4) stars will be brass plated with decorative gold. Military style clutch. Size to be 5/8" on single bar. The prongs will be 3/8" in length for uniform shirts. Tarnish proof

LIEUTENANT BARS (MATERIAL #10049885) The Lieutenant bars will be brass plated with decorative gold. CLUTCH back. Size to be 3/8" x 1". Edges to be beveled. Bar to have slight curvature (approximately 1/16"). Tarnish proof. Style as pictured.

HPD COLLAR INSIGNIA PIN (MATERIAL #10013456)

DESIGN The insignia will have two (2) posts 5/16" in length fused in the horizontal centerline of the outside edges of the H and D letters. Each post shall come with a clutch. The bar between the letters will be reduced .030 below the surface of the letters. The area between the individual letters is pierced. Size: The insignia will be 7/16" high and 1 3/16" long. Gilding metal .090 thickness. Polished, nickel plated or polished, 24KT gold plated.

Page 312: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

311

BADGE, SILVER, OFFICER BLACKINTON STYLE #A7071-RH TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10058031

SILVER BADGE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Badge Dimensions: Height: (Top to bottom). 2.5”

Width: (Side to side). 2.25”

Badge Weight: Approximately 2.5 OZ. (72 Grams) to within 2.0 grams greater or lessor.

Material Composition: Blackinton “HIGLO” (CDA425) or approved equivalent to “HIGLO” (CDA425)

87 to 90% Copper 1.5 to 3% Tin .35% Max. Phosphorus .05% Max. Iron .05% Max. Lead Balance is Zinc

Page 313: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

312

Badge Design: Badge is die struck from 10 Gauge Blackinton “HIGLO” Material (CDA425) or approved equivalent. Panels (3/16”) and lettering (1/8”) are within the die containing an upper panel with “HOUSTON” and a lower panel with “POLICE”. The die lettering will be raised to a minimum of 1/64” to maintain sharp detail. Badge border will be an in die serrated design. Badge center will be a polished plain background with applied badge number as described in Item E. The badge will be given a “Ball” dap or curve after the Joint/Catch and Numbers are soldered in place.

Badge Numbers: Blackinton style #5, ½”, blank pressed from 16 gauge (.05”) Blackinton “HIGLO” material (CDA425) or approved equivalent. Numbers will be completely soft soldered, centered and aligned on the badge center after the badge has been highly polished and washed. No visible traces of solder are acceptable. The highly polished background shall be visible in between and behind the numbers. Numbering will be provided by the Houston Police Department.

Joint / Catch Attachment: The Joint/Catch is a (5) piece safety catch equal to a Blackinton F36 attachment. The attachment will be hard soldered to the center back of the badge in the vertical position. The hard soldering should be done using “FUSION” CFW-4774-804 silver solder (63% Silver) or a comparable approved process and solder.

Finish The badge will be plated RHODIUM over a hot nickel base. Rhodium thickness will be a minimum of 1.5 Mills (plus or minus 5%). Hot nickel base will be approximately 400 Mills.

The badge front is to be mirror polished to remove any imperfections and glossed to a brilliant luster. The soldered numbers are also to be mirror polished and glossed to a brilliant luster.

The back of the badge is left plain.

Gouges, scrapes, scratches and stains are not acceptable.

Over Polished badges causing “Dullness” are not acceptable.

Manufacture: Due to security and copyright protection the badges are to be completely manufactured at a single facility located within the continental United States. Additionally, all badges will have identification of manufacturer initials or full name stamped on the back of badge.

Delivery: Items as specified shall be delivered F.O.B. Destination to the address shown on the City of Houston Purchase Orders. Delivery should be completed as expeditiously as possible; but not later than sixty (60) calendar days for the first order and forty-five (45) calendar days on subsequent orders.

Security and Conformance: The Houston Police Department regards the design of all badges proprietary and restricts sales, of its badges and design, to departmental representatives only.

All parts to manufacture badges, provided by the City of Houston, upon completion of order will be returned to the City of Houston. The manufacturer must allow for inspection of facility immediately upon presentation of a letter from the contracting officer or his designated representative.

Page 314: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

313

The Houston Police Department reserves the right to test badges, randomly, at an independent laboratory to ensure compliance with specifications.

Warranty: Guarantee against defects in manufacturing for one year covering finish, attachment and seal.

Page 315: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

314

BADGE, GOLD, RANK BLACKINTON STYLE #B3595-GP TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10058030

GOLD BADGE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Badge Dimensions: Height: (Top to bottom) 3.1665”

Width: (Side to side) 2.3785”

Badge Weight: Approximately 3.2 OZ.. (91 Grams) to within 2.0 grams greater or lessor.

Material Composition: Blackinton “HIGLO” (CDA425) or approved equivalent to “HIGLO” (CDA425)

87 to 90% Copper 1.5 to 3% Tin .35% Max. Phosphorus .05% Max. Iron .05% Max. Lead Balance is Zinc

Page 316: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

315

Badge Design: Badge is die struck from 10 Gauge Blackington “HIGLO” Material (CDA425) or approved equivalent. Panels (3/16”) and lettering (1/8”) are within the die containing an upper panel with “HOUSTON” and a lower panel with “POLICE”. The die lettering will be raised to a minimum of (1/64”) to maintain sharp detail. A third blank panel on the ribbon/scroll flowing from eagle mouth will identify Title with engraved lettering. Badge will be shield shaped design surmounted by a spread winged eagle. Shield design on the badge will have a heavy pebble background. A Seal will be centered on the shield design between the HOUSTON and POLICE panels and soldered to the badge. Serial numbers will be deep computer engraved in the back of the badge. Serial numbers will be provided by Houston Police Department at time of order.

Seal: Center Seal will be struck from 14 gauge (.064”) Blackinton “HIGLO” material (CDA425) or approved equivalent. Center Seal will be die struck and remain the same size (15/16” diameter). Seal will contain a raised 6 point star and between the points of the star will be raised letters “T” “E” “X” “A” “S” with the first letter “T” starting at the approximate position 8:00 and continuing in a clockwise pattern completing the sequence. The Seal will be hard soldered to the badge using “FUSION” CFW-4774-804 silver solder (63% Silver) or a comparable approved process and solder. No visible traces of solder are acceptable.

Titles: Titles are computer engraved into the blank ribbon/scroll that appears to be held by the eagles mouth.

Titles listed: SERGEANT

LIEUTENANT

CAPTAIN

COMMANDER

ASST. CHIEF

EXEC. ASST. CHIEF

CHIEF

CHAPLAIN

Joint / Catch Attachment: The Joint/Catch is a (5) piece safety catch equal to a Blackinton F36 attachment or approved equivalent. The attachment will be hard soldered to the center back of the badge in the vertical position. The hard soldering should be done using “FUSION” CFW-4774-804 silver solder (63% Silver) or a comparable approved process and solder.

Finish The badge will be plated 22 Karat GOLD over a hot nickel base. GOLD thickness will be a minimum of 10 Millionths (plus or minus 5%). Hot nickel base will be approximately 400 Millionths.

After plating only the badge lettering to include the computer engraved title, and the die struck “HOUSTON” “POLICE” are painted with gloss black epoxy baked paint.

Page 317: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

316

The badge front is to be polished to remove any imperfections and glossed to a brilliant luster.

With the exception of an engraved serial number the back of the badge is left plain.

Gouges, scrapes, scratches and stains are not acceptable.

Over Polished badges causing “Dullness” are not acceptable.

Manufacture: Due to security and copyright protection the badges are to be completely manufactured at a single facility located within the continental United States. Additionally, all badges will have identification of manufacturer initials or full name stamped on the back of badge.

Delivery: Items as specified shall be delivered F.O.B. Destination to the address shown on the City of Houston Purchase Orders. Delivery should be completed as expeditiously as possible; but not later than sixty (60) calendar days for the first order and forty-five (45) calendar days on subsequent orders.

Security and Conformance: The Houston Police Department regards the design of all badges proprietary and restricts sales, of its badges and design, to departmental representatives only.

All parts to manufacture badges, provided by the City of Houston, upon completion of order will be returned to the City of Houston.

The manufacturer must allow for inspection of facility immediately upon presentation of a letter from the contracting officer or his designated representative.

The Houston Police Department reserves the right to test badges, randomly, at an independent laboratory to ensure compliance with specifications.

Warranty: Guarantee against defects in manufacturing for one year covering finish, attachment and seal.

Page 318: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

317

BADGE, HAT, OFFICER BLACKINTON STYLE #B1688-RH OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10058029

OFFICER HAT BADGE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Badge Dimensions: Height: (Top to bottom) 2.875”

Width: (Side to side) 1.75”

Measurements are after “Ball” dap or curve applied

Badge Weight: Approximately 0.935 OZ.. (26.5 Grams) to within 2.0 grams greater or lessor.

Material Composition: Blackinton “HIGLO” (CDA425) or approved equivalent to“HIGLO” (CDA425)

87 to 90% Copper

1.5 to 3% Tin

Page 319: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

318

.35% Max. Phosphorus

.05% Max. Iron

.05% Max. Lead

balance is Zinc

Badge Design: Badge is die struck from 16 Gauge (.05”) Blackinton “HIGLO” Material (CDA425) or approved equivalent, creating a “SHELLBACK” look. All design work to include lettering, center star, wreath, bow of ship, locomotive and spread wing eagle will be in die. Panels (3/16”) and lettering (1/8”) are within the die containing a circle panel around the star design with “CITY OF HOUSTON” and a lower panel with “POLICE”. The die lettering will be raised to a minimum of (1/64”) to maintain sharp detail. Badge will be constructed with an open panel, pierced out at the lower portion of the badge. Badge numbers will then be soldered above the open panel. The badge will be given a “Ball” dap or curve after the Screws and Numbers are soldered in place.

Badge Numbers: Blackinton style #5, ½”, blank pressed from 16 gauge (.05”) Blackinton “HIGLO” material (CDA425) or approved equivalent. Numbers will be completely soft soldered, centered and aligned on the top and bottom open panel of the badge. No visible traces of solder are acceptable. Numbering will be provided by the Houston Police Department at the time of order.

Screw Back Attachment: The Screw Back is a (2) piece safety catch equal to a Blackinton F2 attachment or approved equivalent. Two (2) Screw Back attachments will be hard soldered to the back of badge. The posts will be placed 41cm from bottom of badge and 17.5cm from badge vertical centerline, left and right (35cm from center post to center post) of the badge in the horizontal position. The hard soldering should be done using “FUSION” CFW-4774-804 silver solder (63% Silver) or approved process and solder.

Finish The badge will be plated RHODIUM over a hot nickel base. Rhodium thickness will be a minimum of 1.5 Millionths (plus or minus 5%). Hot nickel base will be approximately 400 Millionths.

The badge front is to be polished to remove any imperfections and glossed to a brilliant luster. The soldered numbers are to be mirror polished and glossed to a brilliant luster.

The back of the badge is left plain.

Gouges, scrapes, scratches and stains are not acceptable.

Over Polished badges causing “Dullness” are not acceptable.

Manufacture: Due to security and copyright protection the badges are to be completely manufactured at a single facility located within the continental United States. Additionally, all badges will have identification of manufacturer initials or full name stamped on the back of badge.

Page 320: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

319

Delivery: Items as specified shall be delivered F.O.B. Destination to the address shown on the City of Houston Purchase Orders. Delivery should be completed as expeditiously as possible; but not later than sixty (60) calendar days for the first order and forty-five (45) calendar days on subsequent orders.

Security and Conformance: The Houston Police Department regards the design of all badges proprietary and restricts sales, of its badges and design, to departmental representatives only.

All parts to manufacture badges, provided by the City of Houston, upon completion of order will be returned to the City of Houston.

The manufacturer must allow for inspection of facility immediately upon presentation of a letter from the contracting officer or his designated representative.

The Houston Police Department reserves the right to test badges, randomly, at an independent laboratory to ensure compliance with specifications.

Warranty: Guarantee against defects in manufacturing for one year covering finish, attachment and seal.

Page 321: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

320

BADGE, HAT, RANK BLACKINTON STYLE #B1688-GP OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10058028

RANK HAT BADGE SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Badge Dimensions: Height: (Top to bottom) 2.875”

Width: (Side to side) 1.75”

Measurements are after “Ball” dap or curve applied

Badge Weight: Approximately 0.935 OZ.. (26.5 Grams) to within 2.0 grams greater or lessor.

Material Composition: Blackinton “HIGLO” (CDA425) or approved equivalent to “HIGLO” (CDA425)

87 to 90% Copper 1.5 to 3% Tin .35% Max. Phosphorus .05% Max. Iron

Page 322: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

321

.05% Max. Lead Balance is Zinc

Badge Design: Badge is die struck from 16 Gauge (.05”) Blackinton “HIGLO” Material (CDA425) or approved equivalent, creating a “SHELLBACK” look. All design work to include lettering, center star, wreath, bow of ship, locomotive and spread wing eagle will be in die. Panels (3/16”) and lettering (1/8”) are within the die, containing a circle panel around the star design with “CITY OF HOUSTON” and a lower panel with “POLICE”. The die lettering will be raised to a minimum of (1/64”) to maintain sharp detail. Badge will be constructed with a large bottom panel on the badge. Title panels will then be soldered onto bottom panel. The badge will be given a “Ball” dap or curve after the Screws and Numbers are soldered in place. Serial numbers will be deep computer engraved in the back of the badge. Serial numbers will be provided by Houston Police Department.

Title Panels: Title panels will be struck from 14 gauge (.064”) Blackinton “HIGLO” material (CDA425) or approved equivalent. Title panels will be die struck and remain the same size (.375” x 1.5”), regardless of title. Lettering will be appropriately sized to fit within the Title panel. Title panels will be hard soldered, centered and aligned on top of the bottom panel of the badge The hard soldering should be done using “FUSION” CFW-4774-804 silver solder (63% Silver) or a comparable approved process and solder. No visible traces of solder are acceptable. Titles will be provided by the Houston Police Department at the time of order.

Titles listed: SERGEANT

LIEUTENANT

COMMANDER

ASST. CHIEF

EXEC. ASST. CHIEF

CHIEF

CHAPLAIN

Screw Back Attachment: The Screw Back is a (2) piece safety catch equal to a Blackinton F2 attachment or approved equivalent. Two (2) Screw Back attachments will be hard soldered to the back of badge using the same procedure in Item E. The posts will be placed 41cm from bottom of badge and 17.5cm from badge vertical centerline, left and right (35cm from center post to center post) of the badge in the horizontal position.

Finish The badge will be plated 22 Karat GOLD over a hot nickel base. GOLD thickness will be a minimum of 10 Millionths (plus or minus 5%). Hot nickel base will be approximately 400 Millionths.

The badge front is to be polished to remove any imperfections and glossed to a brilliant luster. The soldered numbers are to be mirror polished and glossed to a brilliant luster.

The back of the badge is left plain.

Page 323: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

322

Gouges, scrapes, scratches and stains are not acceptable.

Over Polished badges causing “Dullness” are not acceptable.

Manufacture: Due to security and copyright protection the badges are to be completely manufactured at a single facility located within the continental United States. Additionally, all badges will have identification of manufacturer initials or full name stamped on the back of badge.

Delivery: Items as specified shall be delivered F.O.B. Destination to the address shown on the City of Houston Purchase Orders. Delivery should be completed as expeditiously as possible; but not later than sixty (60) calendar days for the first order and forty-five (45) calendar days on subsequent orders.

Security and Conformance: The Houston Police Department regards the design of all badges proprietary and restricts sales, of its badges and design, to departmental representatives only.

All parts to manufacture badges, provided by the City of Houston, upon completion of order will be returned to the City of Houston.

The manufacturer must allow for inspection of facility immediately upon presentation of a letter from the contracting officer or his designated representative.

The Houston Police Department reserves the right to test badges, randomly, at an independent laboratory to ensure compliance with specifications.

Warranty: Guarantee against defects in manufacturing for one year covering finish, attachment and seal.

Page 324: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

323

SHOULDER STRAPS, 1 STAR, COMMANDER DRESS JACKET MARLOWE WHITE STYLE #080020100100, SOLD AS PAIR

MATERIAL #10058164

SHOULDER STRAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

FEATURES:

Style # 080020100100 – Marlow White Mole Bullion GO 1 Star

Sold as a pair

Bullion items are made of copper wire thread that is plated with either silver or gold.

Page 325: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

324

BLAZER, HONOR GUARD, SINGLE BREASTED CUSTOM MADE TO MEASURE TO MATCH CURRENT DEPARTMENT STANDARD

MATERIAL #10057654

HONOR GUARD COAT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Page 326: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

325

SCOPE: THIS SPECIFICATION COVERS THE REQIREMENTS FOR UNIFORM BLOUSES MADE FROM FIRST QUALITY 55% DACRON POLYESTER AND 45% WOOL WROSTED SERGE FABRIC FOR THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT.

THE GARMENTS SHALL BE CUSTOM MADE TO MEASURE ACCORDING TO INDIVIDUAL MEASUREMENTS AND FITTINGS. GARMENT IS TO BE MADE IN THE USA.

REQUIREMENTS: FIRST QUALITY 55% DACRON POLYESTER AND 45% WORSTED WOOL SERGE FINISH AS DETAILED IN SPECIFICATIONS.

ALL MATERIALS NECESSARY TO PRODUCE THE BLUSE MUST BE FIRST QUALITY AND THE GARMETNS HALL BE CLEAN, WELL FINISHED AND PRESSED.

BLOUSE IN CUSTOM MADE TO MEASURE SIZES WILL BE REQUIRED. CUSTOM FIT BLOUSES ARE TO BE MADE TO INDIVIDUAL MEASUREMENTS AND FITTINGS. MEASUREMENTS ARE TO BE TAKEN AT HEADQUARTERS.

ALL GARMENTS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN ONE ESTABLISHMENT WHERE SANITARY CONDITIONS SHALL PREVAIL. DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS THE VENDORS PLANT SHALL BE OPEN FOR INSPECTION OF WORK BY DULY AUTHROIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARMTENT.

THE VENDOR SHALL DEMONSTRATE THAT FACILITIES ARE AVAILABLE FOR PROMPTLY MAKING NECESSARY ALTERATIONS, ADJUSTMENTS AND REPAIRS.

FABRIC SPECIFICATIONS: WEAVE-SERGE

WEIGHT - 14 OUNCES PER LINEAR YARD FIBER CONTENT - 55% DACRON POLYESTER

45% WOOL WORSTED

PLY OF YARN - 2-PLY WARP AND FILLING COLOR- MIDNIGHT BLUE

REFERENCE: HAMBURGER WOOLEN #651-1

COAT FABRICATION: STYLE: FOUR BUTTON SINGLE BREASTED, BUTTON STAND, NO CH LAPEL, FORM FITTING, CUT SNUG AT WAIST, FLARE IN SKIRT. (SAM BROWNE BELTTO BE WORN) COUBLE Bl-SWING BACK AND CENTER VENT. NOTCH LAPEL SHALL BE 3 3/8" LONG FROM BREAK AND 1 2/8" TOP COLLAR.

COLLAR: SHALL BE ROLLED TO FIRST BUTTON, AND SHALL HAVE UNDER COLLAR 100% POLYESTER NEEDLE PUNCH FELT, COLOR TO MATCH OUTER SHELL CLO H. UNDER COLLAR SHALL BE BASTED AND FELLED AT BOTTOM.

POCKETS: BLOUSE SHALL HAVE TWO OUTSIDE BREAST POCKETS WITH PLEATS AND SCALLOPED FLAPS WHICH BUTTON DOWN AND MUST BE SEWN DOWN ON EA H SIDE. THE CORNERS OF THE POCKETS SHALL BE SLIGHTLY ROUNDED. THE PLEAT IN EACH POCKET SHALL BE 1 W' WIDE. THE BLOUSE SHALL ALSO HAVE TWO LOWER BESOM POCKETS WITH SCALLOPE) FLAPS WHICH

Page 327: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

326

WILL BUTTON DOWN WITH 24 LIGNE BUTTONS. THE LOWER FLAPS ARE TO BE SEWN DOV'I ON EACH SIDE. UNIFORMITY AND SPACING SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT THE BOTTOM OF WAIST THE BLOUSE SHALL ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED WITH TWO INSIDE BREAST POCKETS. THE POCKETS SHALL BE 5 W' WIDE BY 6" DEEP. THE POCKET OPENING SHALL BE NEATLY PIPED. DIMENSIONS FOR BREAST POCKETS AND LOWER POCKETS SHALL BE SCALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GARMENT SIZE AND LENGTH.

BACK: SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH A RESILIENT DOUBLE BI-SWING TO FACILITATE MOVEMENT. THE OPENING OF BOTH THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR Bl-SWING SHALL START BELOW EPAULET SEAM AND EXTEND ABOVE WAISTBAND.

LINING: FULL LINING OF POLYE STER TWILL FABRIC, BLACK IN COLOR. FRONT INNER CLOTH SHALL BE THE BEST GRADE OF NONWOVEN FUSIBLE PELLON. THERE S ALL BE NO SUBSTITUTE FOR PELLON. CHEST AND SHOULDER OF COAT TO BE PADDED WITH HYMP-HAIRCLOTH FELT AND TO BE SEWN WITH TWO ROWS OF BLIND STITCHING INCLUDING ONE INCH WC VEN BRIDLE TAPE. THE BACK OF BLOUSE IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITH A Bl-SWING THAT IS CONNECTED WITH AN" ELASTIC STRAP.

SLEEVE: THE LINING SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE BODY LINING HOUSTON POLICE EMBLEMS SHALL BE PLACED ON BOTH SLEEVES l" DOWN FROM SHOULDER SEAM. THE BASE OF THE SLEEVE WILL HAVE A DOUBLE CUFF DESIGN THAT WILL BE THE SHAPE OF AN UPSIDE DOWN "V" COMING TO A POINT ON THE FRONT PORTION OF THE SLEEVE. THIS "V" SHAPE WILL BE PIPED WITH A GOLD EDGE CORD. REFERENCE: RICE COMPANY #107.

EPAULETS: SHALL BE 2 W' WIDE AT SHOULDER SEAM AND T, PERED TO 1 Y," AND THE POINT EXTENDING WELL UNDER THE COLLAR. EACH BUTTON SHALL BUTTON NEAR COLLAR WITH A 24 LIGNE BUTTON. EPAULETS TO BE MADE WITH A BOX STITCH BOXED STITCHED. THERE SHALL BE A PLASTIC BUTTON SEWN TO THE LEFT SHOULDER UNDERNEATH THE EPAULET FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANCHORING A PARADE SHOULDER CORD. THE EPAULET I/I ILL BE PIPED IN A GOLD EDGE CORD.

REFERENCE: RICE COMPANY # l 07

SEAM: OUTSIDE BODY SEAMS SHALL BE PLAIN. SHOULDER SEAMS SHALL BE STAYED AROUND ARMHOLE WITH TAPE FROM BACK NOTCH TO FRONT NOTCH.

OUTLETS: SIDE SEAMS, 3/4" EACH SIDE, 3/4" IN UNDER SEAM. THE TURN UP AT THE BOTTOM OF CUFF SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 2-1/2,". THE TURN UP AT THE BOTTOW OF THE COAT SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 1- 1/4”

BUTTON FRONT CLOSURE: FOUR 36 LIGNE METAL BUTTON AND THE POCKET FLAPS AND EPAULETS WILL HAVE SIX 24 LIGNE. BUTTONS AND ARE TO BE. MANUFACTURED BY THE WATERBURY BUTTON COMPANY. GOLD DOME "P" BUTTONS WILL BE REQUIRED.

Page 328: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

327

BUTTONHOLES: TO BE POSITIONED ½”, FROM EDGE OF COA AND FINISHED WITH SEPARATE BARTACKS.

BELT HOOKS: BELT HOOKS TO BE BLACK AND REINFORCED N SIDE SEAM FOR A SAM BROWNE BELT. TWO HOOKS IN REAR AT SIDE SEAMS WILL BE REQUIRED AND TWO IN THE FRONT. THE GUN BELTS WILL BE WORN OVER THE COAT.

SHOULDER PADS: SHALL BE \/.,' THICK NEEDLE PUNCH TYPE NITH 100% COTTON PADDING FILL.

SEWING THREADS: ALL SEWING THREADS SHALL BE THE BES QUALITY NYLON, COTTON POLYESTER AND BLENDS OF POLYESTER AND COTTON AS IS APPLICABL' TO SPECIFIC SEAMS. MANUFACTURER SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE SEAMS, SEWING THREADS, TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION AND NUMBER OF STITCHES PER INCH WILL WITHSTAND THE STRESSES EXERTED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE NORMAL DUTIES OF A LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER.

TOP AND EDGE STITCHING: UNIFORM ¼” DOUBLE STITCHING SHALL BE USED ON ALL FLAPS, EPAULETS, AND BREAST POCKETS AND AT HEM OF BLOUSE.

CUTTING GARMENTS ARE TO BE CUT FROM COMPUTERIZEP PATTERNS UTILIZING A LECTRA OR GERBER COMPUTERIZED CUTTING SYSTEMS. THIS MODERN EQUIPMENT PROVIDES AND INSURES THE PRODUCTION OF EXTREMELY PRECISE PATTERNS AS WELL P OPERLY ALIGNED SEAMS FOR FUTURE ALTERATIONS. IN ADDITION TO ENHANCING TAILORING OF FINELY PROPORTIONED PATTERNS FOR MAXIMUM GARMENT DRAPING QUALITIES AND CONSISTENT SIZING, THIS EQUIPMENT MAKES POSSIBLE THE PRODUCTION OF A COMPLETE SET OF INDIVIDUAL CUS OMIZED PATTERNS FURTHER ASSURING CONTINUITY IN VISUAL EFFECT.

FITTINGS: ALL UNIFORM GARMENTS SHALL BE CUSTOM MA E TO THE MEASUREMENTS TAKEN OF THE INDIVIDUAL. ALL MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE TAKEN IN THE PF ESENCE OF AN OFFICIAL DESIGNATED BY THE QUARTERMASTER. THIS OFFICIAL SHALL ALSO PRESENT AT THE TRY-ON IN THE BASTE, SHALL APPROVE ALTERATIONS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE FINISHE) PRODUCT. MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE RECORDED, AND ONE COPY SHALL BE RETAINED BY THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIVE UNTIL ACCEPTANCE OF THE FINAL GARMENT, AT WHICH TIME IT WILL BE SURRENDERED UPON DEMAND BY CONTRACTOR. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE GARMENTS SHALL BE AT THE DISCRETION OF THE ABOVE DESIGNATED O FFICIAL. ONE TRY-ON IN THE BASTE IS REQUIRED AND ONE ALTERATION IS PERMITTED. IF THE UNIFORM IS JUDGE TO BE UNACCEPTABLE AFTER ONE ALTERATION, IT WILL BE REJECTED AND A NEW C ARMENT SHALL BE PRODUCED. A REJECTED UNIFORM MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED AFTER ONE ALTERATION FOR ANY OTHER INDIVIDUAL.

LABELING: ALL BLOUSES ARE TO BE CUSTOM MADE FOR EA CH INDIVIDUAL OFFICER. TO BE PRODUCED AND FILED IN CAD COMPUTER SYSTEM (COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN) ALL BLOUSES ARE TO HAVE A CARE LABEL PERMANENTLY AFFIXED WITH THE DEPARTMENT NAME, OFFICER NAME, NAME

Page 329: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

328

OF MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATION SIZE AND ALSO TO HAVING A TRACKING CODE (BAR-CODE) WHICH CORRESPONDS TO THE PACKING SLIP AND INVOICE NUMBER.

CERTIFICATION: THE VENDOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND STANDARDS AND SHALL CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH ALL OF THE ABOVE. THERE SHALL BE NO SUB-CONTRACTING OF THE ABOVE GARMENTS AND DOING SO WILL CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF THE GARMENTS.

ADDITIONS: THERE SHALL BE A CLOTH BADGE HOLDER SEWN ON THE LEFT BREAST POCKET FLAP 2” LONG AND 1” WIDE, WITH TWO BRASS EYELETS. BADGE HOLDER TO BE SEWN ALL THE WAY AROUND.

Page 330: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

329

SHIRT, HONOR GUARD, LONG SLEEVE, MALE / FEMALE BLAUER STYLE #8431-WH / #8431W-WH OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10057655

HONOR GUARD SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

SPECIFICATION BASED ON MEN’S SIZE MEDIUM, REGULAR LENGTH

FABRIC: CONTENT – 65% POLYESTER AND 35% COTTON PLAIN WEAVE WITH SOIL RELEASE FINISH, PLAIN WEAVE. COLOR FAST AND PERMANENT PRESS WITH A PRE-CURED FINISH.

WEIGHT – 4.3 OZ.. PER SQUARE YARD

Physical Properties: Yarn Size: Warp - 26/l

Fill - 26/l

Tensile lbs.+ l 0% Warp - 115

Fill- 47

Tear lbs.+ 10% Warp - 4.9

Fill - 3.0

Shrinkage - 3X

Page 331: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

330

Stretch - 8.0

Lightfastness - 40hrs

Perspiration -Shade change: 4.0

Staining: 3.0

Washfastness

Shade change: 4.0

Staining: 4.0

Crocking - Wet: 3.0 / Dry: 4.0

TOP FUSING: THE FOLLOWING SMALL PARTS SHALL BE TOP FUSED PRIOR TO SEWING. PLACKETS, CUFFS, COLLAR, POCKET FLAPS AND EPAULETS.

COLLAR: POINTS MEDIUM SPREAD ARE TO BE 3-1/4” IN LENGTH AND ARE TO BE TOPSTITCHED ¼” FROM THE EDGE. BACK OF THE STAND TO MEASURE 1”. PERMANENT STAYS 2-1/2” IN LENGTH AND ¼” WIDE, TO BE SEWN INSIDE COLLARS SO THAT NO STITCHES ARE MADE THROUGH BOTTOM LEAF. STAND SHALL FASTEN WITH ONE (1) BUTTON. INNER STAND AND INNER YOKE TO BE LINED WITH MATCHING 100% POLYESTER INNER LINING, CUT ON THE BIAS, TO ASSURE THAT THE COLLAR WILL LIE PROPERLY. COLLAR SHALL BE TOP FUSED.

SLEEVES: Straight, in one piece style. The cuffs to be 2-1/4" in width, and to fasten with two-four hole buttons. The cuff shall be topstitched l /8" at the bottom, and l /16" from t e edge of the top. An additional stitch shall run across the cut! 1/4" down from the top edge of the cult. There shall be a sleeve vent opening 4-3/4" long from the top of the cuff. The vent placket shall be l" wide; and shall close with a button and buttonhole, spaced approximately halfway up the open ng. The sleeve seam, as well as the sleeve setting seam (i.e. securing it to be body of the shirt) must be made by a narrow safety stitch, so as to properly strengthen the seam, as well as prevent the fabric trim raveling. Cuffs are to be top fused and fully lined to give body by sewing in a self-fabric inner lining, cut straight to retain its shape.

FRONT

The front shall have a center facing 1-1 /2" wide, extending to the bottom of the shirt and be mode of the same material as the shirt fabric with two rows of stitching l" apart and l /2" from the edge. This center facings shall be top fused to give body. There shall be a 15% Nylon zipper with a compatible colored tape sewn to the front of the shirt, replacing the second, third, fourth, and fifth buttons which are to be sewn on top of the buttonhole on the top center front facing. The buttonholes on the center front shall be placed 3/4" from the edge and spaced so that the distance from the center of the button to the center of the next button is 3-1 /2". The neck button, firs front button and bottom front button shall be functional.

Page 332: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

331

POCKETS: Has two (2) breast pockets, topstitched 1/16" from the edge, with pointed corners, to finish 5-1/2" wide and 6-1/2" long. The left and right breast pockets shall have a pencil compartment 1-1/4" wide. Both pockets to have 1-1/2" box pleat stitched top and bottom to prevent spreading.

FLAPS: Has two scalloped flaps, top-stitched 1 /16" from the edge, to finish 5-3/8" in length, 3-3/4" in width at center, 2-1 /2" in width at sides. Flaps are secured to the front J! the shirt with two rows of stitching 3/16" apart. Lett flap has a pencil opening corresponding to pencil compartment in the pocket. Flaps are fully lined to give body, by sewing in a I 00% Dacron polyester inner lining, 425 weight mellowpress, cut straight. There is to be a button and buttonhole sewn on the top. The side points of the flaps are to be secured to the pocket by means of Velcro fasteners sewn onto the flaps and pockets, the hook portion being stitched to the pocket and pile portion sewn to the underside of the flap. The pile piece sewn to the flap shall not be sewn through and through the flap, but must be attached during the manufacturing process before the flap is assembled to prevent the stitching from showing.

BADGE SLING: Is reinforced on the inside of the shirt by means of a strip of shirt material 1-1 /2" wide, stitched and folded, so that there are no raw edges. This reinforcement strip is to be set approximately 2" down from the top of the pocket, to be caught in the double stitching of the flap setting stitches and extend and be caught in the joining seam at the front of yoke. To have two small horizontal buttonholes 1-1 /4" apart with the button buttonhole 1-1/4" above the top of the left flap.

SHOULDER; The shoulder strap shall be topstitched 1/16" from the edge or d be pointed at the end toward the neck of the shirt. The other end shall be sewn in the sleeve and top, r to 1-5/8" wide. The length is to be graduated conforming to the size of the shirt. The strap shall be cross stitched to the shoulder approximately 2" from the sleeve head seam.

BACK YOKE: One-piece back yoke fully lined with matching Nylon Sateen < f Dacron Polyester. The yoke is to measure approximatelv 3-3/4" high at the center back.

THREAD: All thread shall be polyester wrapped on monofilament polyester. Color to match.

STITCHING: All stitching conforms to Federal Standard 751 specifications (FED-STD-751 ). All stitch types are sewn at stitch per inch (S.P.I.) rates individually set by operation at no less than 10 S.P.I. and not more than 12 or S.P.I. to insure extended sewn wear life. All thread tension is evenly maintained to eliminate right or loose stitching. All seam allowances are to be maintained so that there are no raw edges, run offs. twist, pleats. puckers or open seams.

PERMANENT MILITARY CREASE Shirt has permanent 1 /16" military stitched-in creases. One crease in each front, extending from hem to shoulder joining seam. Front pockets and flaps to be centered over the crease. Crease is not to run through pocket of flap. Three (3) vertical creases in back. mic die crease on center back line, side creases spaced equally from center crease.

Page 333: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

332

SIZES: Permanent size marking giving neck size to be located inside of collar.

CARE LABEL: Care instructions to be on hem of shirt in front.

PRESSING & FINISHING: Shirt shall be carefully pressed by hand. All loose threads to be thoroughly trimmed.

STANDARD SIZE RANGE: Men's: Body Length Regular: Sleeve Length: 32 sizes 14.5-17 Body Length Regular: Sleeve Length: 33 sizes 14.5-18.5 Body Length Regular: Sleeve Length: 34 sizes 15.5-18.5 Body Length Regular: Sleeve Length: 35 sizes 15.5-19.5

Body Length Tall: Sleeve Length: 37 Length: sizes 16.5-19 .5

Women's: Regular Length: even sizes 32 – 46

MEASUREMENTS: Men's: Length 33, Size 15.5:

Neck 16.75

b. l /2 Chest: 24.25

c. Back Length: 31

Women's: Regular Length: Size 34

Neck 13.75

l /2 Chest: 20

Back Length: 28.5(plus or minus 0.5 inches) (plus or minus 0.7, inches) (plus or minus 0.5 inches) (plus or minus 0.5 inches) (plus or minus 0.7, inches) (plus or minus 0. inches)

Page 334: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

333

SHOULDER STRAP, HONOR GUARD JAY-PEE STYLE #1435C W/ CLARINO FINISH OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10057657

SHOULDER STRAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

This strap is adjustable, starting with sizes 28-30 and going up 1< 60+ if needed. The hardware is made of solid brass in either brass or nickel finish.

Page 335: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

334

D-RING, HONOR GUARDJAY-PEE STYLE #S4428C W/ CLARINO FINISH OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, VARIOUS SIZES

MATERIAL #10058849

D-RING SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

The D rings are sold in pairs they also have solid brass hardware, available in brass or nickel finish.

Page 336: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

335

CAP BUTTON, HONOR GUARD KEYSTONE GOLD “P” CAP BUTTON STYLE #S-30 OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT, SOLD AS PAIR

MATERIAL #10058848

CAP BUTTON SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

Keystone- S-30 "P" Cap Buttons, Gold,

Grossman (Pair)

Page 337: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

336

CAP STRAP, HONOR GUARD KEYSTONE STYLE #S-10A OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10058847

CAP STRAP SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D item and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

5/8" Shiny Porvair Double Grossman Front Strap, Round Tin

S-1OA is a 5/8" Black shiny double front strap w/round loops.

Page 338: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

337

TROUSER, HONOR GUARD CUSTOM MADE TO MEASURE OR DEPARTMENT APPROVED EQUIVALENT

MATERIAL #10057653

HONOR GUARD TROUSER SPECIFICATIONS

All details not specifically described herein; tailoring, styling, construction, materials, and components must match the standard reference sample on file with the agency. Written specifications attempt to describe key requirements of a 3D garment and cannot do so adequately and therefore silence of the specifications does not absolve bidders from matching with precision the standard reference sample.

Pre-bid samples may be required at the time of the bid opening. Samples may be subjected to laboratory testing at the discretion of the contracting officer. Bidders are responsible for all testing costs of their samples.

SCOPE: THIS SPECIFICATION COVERS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR UNIFORM TROUSERS MADE FROM FIRST QUALITY 55% DACRON POLYESTER AND 45% WOOL, SERGE FABRIC FOR THE HOUSTON POLICE DEPARTMENT.

Page 339: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

338

THE GARMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO MEASURE ACCORDING TO INDIVIDUAL MEASUREMENTS AND FITTINGS. STOCK SIZES ARE NOT PERMITTED. TROUSERS MUST BE MADE IN USA.

REQUIREMENTS: FIRST QUALITY 55% DACRON POLYESTER AND 45% WOOL, SERGE FABRIC AS DETAILED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.

FABRIC SPECIFICATIONS: WEAVE-SERGE WEAVE

WEIGHT: 14 OUNCES PER LINEAR YARD

FIBER CONTENT: 55% DACRON POLYESTER

45% WORSTED WOOL

TROUSER FABRICATION: COLOR: MIDNIGHT BLUE

REFERENCE: HAMBURGER WOOLEN #651-1 OR APPROVED EQUAL

STYLE: MODERN UP TO DATE MILITARY PATTERNS SHALL BE USED WITH FITTED WAISTBANDS AND FINISHED HEMS PRODUCED ACCORDING TO INDIVIDUAL SIZING. THE WI DTH OF THE LEGS SHALL BE PROPORTIONAL TO INDIVIDUAL INSEAM AND SHOE SIZES. TO BE MADE WITH TWO FULL SLANTED QUARTER TOP FRONT POCKETS AND TWO REAR POCKETS WITH THE RIGHT REAR POCKET BEING MADE OPEN STYLE AND THE LEFT REAR POCKET WITH A PEARL TYPE EYELET BUTTONHOLE AND TAB. THE DENSITY OF BUTTONHOLE IS 50 STITCHES PER INCH WITH A FOUR HOLE 24 LIGNE PLASTIC BUTTON.

POCKETS: FRONT SLANTED QUARTER TOP POCKETS APPROXIMI TELY 6 '/. OPENING AND MEASURING FROM THE TOP OF THE OPENING TO THE BOTTOM OF THE POOET MEASURES APPROXIMATELY 13". THE BACK-POCKET OPENING IS TO BE 5 1/2," WIDE AND 7" DEEP. ALL POCKETS ARE TO BE SEWN INSIDE OUT AND TURNED THEN TOP STITCHED FOR EXTRA STRENGTH. ALL POCKET WELTS ARE TO BE INTERLINED WITH PELLON AND THEN TOP STITCHED

BELT LOOPS: ALL TROUSERS ARE TO HAVE 7 BELT LOOPS 7/8” WIDE AND 2” LONG. ALL LOOPS ARE TO HAVE DOUBLE STITCHING FOR EXTRA STRENGTH. ALL LOOPS ARE TO BE SEWN INTO WAISTBAND AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM TO ACCOMMODATE A 1-3/4” DUTY BELT. ALL LOOPS ARE TO BE SEWN IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO ALLOW RAW EDGES.

POCKETING: TO BE 2.5 NATURAL DRILL, POLY/COTTON TWILL #230 AS MANUFACTURED BY QST INDUSTIES. BLEND TO BE 70% COTTON AND 30% POLYESTER.

WAISTBAND: WAISTBAND TO BE BLACK QST #WB-RD-212 WITH TWO ZONE STRETCH AND TWO ROWS OF CLEAR SILICONE WITH A DOUBLE HOOK AND EYE FRONT COLSURE AND MUST HAVE THE NAME OF THE MANUFACTURER WOVEN INTO THE WAISTBAND.

Page 340: EXHIBIT “G” UNIFORM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND HPD … G... · 2020. 8. 7. · To be Flying Cross model HPD-LS. Dress style, top center placket front with zipper, knit side

339

FLY: TALON ZIPPER IS TO BE BRASS #603-0-025 WITH A #001-5310-05-03-04-000 SLIDE, CUT AND GAPPED TO PRECISE LENGTHS FOR INDIVIDUAL TROUSERS. ZIPPER SLIDE TO BE HAVEY DUTY SELF LOCKING TYPE ZIPPER TAPE TO BE COTTON TWILL STYLE #06-1310. TROUSER CLOSURE TO BE CRUSH PROOF HEAVY DUTY HOOK AND EYE STYLE WITH A ONE-PIECE FRENCH FLY AND FLY BUTTON FASTENING AT THE BASE OF THE WAISTBAND. TWO-PIECE FLY AND BUTTON TAB IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.

STRIPE: THERE SHALL BE A GOLD 1 -1/2” WIDE BRAID SEWN ON THE OUTER SEAM OF BOTH LEGS. THE STRIPE IS TO BEGIN AT THE BASE OF THE WASTBAND AND RUN THE FULL LENGTH OF THE OUTER SEAM INCLUDING THE HEM. REFERENCE: RICE #107

CONSTRUCTION: ALL STRESS POINTS ARE TO BE PROPERLY BAR TACKED AND CLOSING SEAMS TO HAVE #40 POLYESTER CORD REINFORCED THREAD FOR EXTRA STRENGTH. TROUSERS MUST BE PROPERLY SHAPED, THE OUTSEAMS AND INSEAMS TO BE PRESSED OPEN FLAT. ALL EDGES WILL BE FINISHED SMOOTH WITH 15 STITCHES PER INCH. THERE WILL BE NO RAW EDGES INSIDE OR OUTSIDE OF THE TROUSER. ALL TROUSERS ARE TO HAVE APPROXIMATELY A 5” POLYESTER AND COTTON CROTCH REINFORCEMENT SEWN IN, SIZE MAY VARY ACCORDING ON THE TROUSER SIZE.

CERTIFICATION: VENDOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS. SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS AND SHALL CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH ALL OF THE ABOVE. THERE SHALL BE NO SUBCONTRACTING OF EITHER THE CUTTING OR THE MANUFACTURING OF THE TROUSERS. DOING SO WILL BE CAUSE FO REJECTION OF THE GARMENTS.